Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc.
Annual Report 2016

Plain-text annual report

Annual Report and Proxy 2016 Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. 2016 Annual Report Investor Information ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS: The Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company will be held Wednesday, May 24, 2017 at 6:00 p.m., local time, at the Guaranty Bank Operations Center, 1414 W. Elfindale St., Springfield, Missouri. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K: Copies of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the financial statements, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission are available without charge upon written request to: Vicki Lindsay, Secretary Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc., 1341 W. Battlefield Rd., Springfield, MO 65807-4181 TRANSFER AGENT: Computershare Investor Services PO Box 43078 Providence, RI 02940-3078 STOCK TRADING INFORMATION: Symbol: GFED SPECIAL LEGAL COUNSEL: Husch Blackwell LLP 901 St. Louis St., Suite 1900 Springfield, MO 65806 INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM: BKD, LLP 910 St. Louis St. PO Box 1190 Springfield, MO 65801-1190 STOCKHOLDER AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION: Carter Peters, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 417-520-4333 Company Overview Branch Map • Established in 1913, headquartered in Springfield, Missouri • 4th largest deposit market share in MSA • 9 full-service branches in the Springfield, Missouri MSA • 24,000+ MoneyPass & TransFund ATMs • Mortgage Loan Production Offices in Marshfield and Joplin, Missouri • Commercial Loan Production Office in Joplin, Missouri • New HQ and “Branch of the Future” planned in Springfield, Missouri (Q4/2017) FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS: YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 Balance Sheet (dollars in thousands) Total Assets Total Loans Total Deposits Total Equity Profitability Return on Average Assets Return on Average Equity Net Interest Margin Efficiency Ratio $ 687,980 540,457 505,363 69,974 0.83% 8.00% 3.35% 65.56% IOWA ILLINOIS Kansas City St. Louis MISSOURI KANSAS Joplin Springfield OKLAHOMA Branson ARKANSAS BRANCH LOCATIONS 1905 W. Kearney 2109 N. Glenstone Springfield 1341 W. Battlefield 1510 E. Sunshine 2155 W. Republic 4343 S. National 1701 W. State Hwy J Hwy CC & Main Nixa Ozark 709 W. Mount Vernon Asset Quality Nonperforming Assets/Total Assets 1.64% Joplin 2639 East 32nd Street Suite R Capital Tangible Common Equity Ratio 10.17% Branch Locations (9) Major Cities Tangible Book Value per Common Share $16.09 The President’s Letter DEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDERS: Guaranty is dedicated to improving the financial well-being of those we serve. By combining deep expertise with a personal touch, we help our customers realize their goals by delivering advice, ideas and services that match their needs throughout their life’s journey. By continuously putting our customers first, we help families flourish, businesses become stronger, and communities prosper. The banking industry continues to be intensely competitive and faces overcapacity in traditional branch distribution, rapidly changing customer expectations, new technologies and new non-bank competitors. Yet, we believe that what continues to make Guaranty successful is its community banking philosophy. For decades, Guaranty’s customers have greatly valued their relationships with their local Guaranty contacts. Simply put, to the customer, there is no substitute for the “personal touch,” and we intend to be the bank that delivers it. To complement our high-touch philosophy we continue to implement technology enhancements to meet changing demands and broaden our customer base. In 2016 we expanded our merchant services offerings, updated our bill pay and mobile banking platforms, and rolled-out Apple, Samsung and Android electronic pay solutions. To protect against the increasing cyber-crime threat, we transitioned all debit cards to EMV chip-enabled technology and started providing real-time fraud watch on all accounts. Our approach is working as we achieved another consistent year in 2016. We will provide a few highlights here, but we invite you to review our detailed information in this Annual Report and our 2016 Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $5.59 million, or $1.27 per diluted common share. Return on average assets was .83%, net interest margin was 3.35%, and return on average common equity was 8.00%. The Company ended the year with assets of $687.98 million, up 5.4% from the previous year end. Capital continued to be strong with stockholder’s equity of $69.97 million, or 10.17% of assets, equivalent to a book value of $16.09 per common share. In 2016, the U.S. economy showed steady growth with low interest rates, increasing consumer confidence and lower unemployment rates. Hopes were raised with the November election for corporate tax reform and relief from overregulation that created a positive environment for financial markets. These developments combined with our stable financial performance for 2016 resulted in extraordinary returns for our shareholders as we realized a one-year total return of 41.68% on our common stock. This compared favorably to the industry as the total return for the SNL U.S. Bank Index was 26.35%. We believe that steady economic expansion, overall higher interest rates and more thoughtful regulation will create a strong operating environment for banks in 2017. In 2016, as part of our strategic focus on growth, we expanded our footprint with the June opening of a new loan production office in Joplin, Missouri. We also broke ground on our 10th banking facility in Springfield, and we launched a new look for our 103 year-old brand. Our new logo features a more modern eagle image that is bright blue in color and the tag line “Your Life. Your Money. Your Bank.” which signifies our customer-centric focus. While economic, competitive and regulatory landscapes change over time, Guaranty’s goal of helping clients achieve financial success remains unchanged. The capability to offer a full range of products and services, while also providing exceptional “know-how”, continues to make our bank unique. As such, we are confident in our ability to further deliver exceptional service to clients and profitable growth to you, our shareholders, in 2017 and beyond. Sincerely, Shaun A. Burke President & Chief Executive Officer Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. OUR COMMUNITY BANK CULTURE Choice Employer • Value employee contribution and perspective • Provide development to reach full potential Authentic Culture and Values • Foster communication, collaboration, accountability, trust and respect • Moments of Magic world-class customer service Shared Vision • Simple, powerful strategic blueprint for success Relationship Banking Focus • Thriving communities need community banks TOTAL ASSETS ($M) 700.0 680.0 660.0 640.0 620.0 600.0 580.0 2013Y 2014Y 2015Y 2016Y NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS ($M) 5.7 5.6 5.4 2014Y 2015Y 2016Y TANGIBLE BOOK VALUE (TBV) PER SHARE TBV ($) 16.00 TBV / Share ($) TBV (%) 200.00 15.50 15.00 14.50 14.00 13.50 13.00 12.50 12.00 11.50 Price / TBV (%) 132 100 93 78 2013Y 2014Y 2015Y 2016Y 180.00 160.00 140.00 120.00 100.00 80.00 60.00 40.00 20.00 0.00 TOTAL 1-YEAR SHAREHOLDER RETURN GFED (+41.68%) SNL U.S. Bank (+26.35%) 40.00 30.00 % 20.00 N R U T E R 10.00 L A T O T 0.00 (10.00) (20.00) 12/31/15 3/31/16 6/30/16 9/30/16 12/31/16 SNL U.S. Bank: Includes all Major Exchange (NYSE, NYSE MKT, NASDAQ) Banks in SNL’s coverage universe. TOTAL 3-YEAR SHAREHOLDER RETURN GFED (+101.88%) SNL U.S. Bank (+43.65%) 120.00 100.00 % 80.00 N R U T E R 60.00 L A T O T 40.00 20.00 0.00 2013Y 2014Y 2015Y 2016Y SNL U.S. Bank: Includes all Major Exchange (NYSE, NYSE MKT, NASDAQ) Banks in SNL’s coverage universe. UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K [ X ] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 - or - [ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to ______________________________ Commission File Number: 0-23325 GUARANTY FEDERAL BANCSHARES, INC. (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) Delaware (State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 1341 West Battlefield, Springfield, Missouri (Address of Principal Executive Offices) 43-1792717 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 65807 (Zip Code) Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (417) 520-4333 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of Class Common Stock, par value $.10 per share Exchange on which Registered NASDAQ Global Market Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ___ No X Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ___ No X Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes X No Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X] Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): Large accelerated file ___ Smaller reporting company X Accelerated filer ___ Non-accelerated filer ___ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ____ No X The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the average bid and asked prices of the registrant's Common Stock as quoted on the Global Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market on June 30, 2016 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter) was $63.3 million. As of March 15, 2017 there were 4,421,275 shares of the registrant's Common Stock outstanding. Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) to be held on May 24, 2017 (Part III). DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE FORM 10-K This page intentionally left blank FORM 10-KGUARANTY FEDERAL BANCSHARES, INC. Form 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS PART I Page Item 1 Business ................................................................................................................................................... 4 1A Risk Factors ............................................................................................................................................. 29 1B Unresolved Staff Comments .................................................................................................................... 38 2 3 4 5 6 7 Properties ................................................................................................................................................. 38 Legal Proceedings .................................................................................................................................... 39 Mine Safety Disclosures .......................................................................................................................... 39 PART II Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities ................................................................................................................................................. 40 Selected Financial Data ........................................................................................................................... 43 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ................... 44 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ................................................................. 55 8 9 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ........................................................................................ 57 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .................. 99 9A Controls and Procedures .......................................................................................................................... 99 9B Other Information .................................................................................................................................... 100 PART III 10 Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ....................................................................... 101 11 Executive Compensation ......................................................................................................................... 101 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters ..................................................................................................................................................... 101 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ......................................... 102 14 Principal Accounting Fees and Services .................................................................................................. 102 15 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ........................................................................................... 102 Signatures PART IV FORM 10-K This page intentionally left blank FORM 10-KItem 1. Business Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. PART I Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company”) is a Delaware- chartered corporation that was formed in September 1997. The Company became a unitary savings and loan holding company for Guaranty Federal Savings Bank, a federal savings bank (the "Bank") on December 30, 1997, in connection with a plan of conversion and reorganization involving the Bank and its then existing mutual holding company. The mutual holding company structure had been created in April 1995 at which time more than a majority of the shares of the Bank were issued to the mutual holding company and the remaining shares were sold in a public offering. In connection with the conversion and reorganization on December 30, 1997, the shares of the Bank held by the mutual holding company were extinguished along with the mutual holding company, and the shares of the Bank held by the public were exchanged for shares of the Company. All of the shares of the Bank which remained outstanding after the conversion are owned by the Company. On June 27, 2003, the Bank converted from a federal savings bank to a state-chartered trust company with banking powers in Missouri, and the Company became a bank holding company. On this date, the name of the Bank was changed from Guaranty Federal Savings Bank to Guaranty Bank. The primary activity of the Company is to oversee its investment in the Bank. The Company engages in few other activities. For this reason, unless otherwise specified, references to the Company include operations of the Bank. Further, information in a chart or table based on Bank only data is identical to or immaterially different from information that would be provided on a consolidated basis. In addition to the Bank, the Company owns Guaranty Statutory Trust I and Guaranty Statutory Trust II, both Delaware statutory trusts. At December 31, 2016, the Company’s consolidated assets were $688.0 million, net loans were $540.5 million, deposits were $505.4 million and total stockholders’ equity was $70.0 million. See Item 6 “Selected Financial Data” for further details regarding the Company’s financial position and results of operations for the previous five fiscal years. Guaranty Bank The Bank's principal business has been, and continues to be, attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in commercial real estate loans, multi-family residential mortgage loans, construction loans, permanent one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, business, consumer and other loans. The Bank also invests in mortgage-backed securities, U.S. Government and federal agency securities and other marketable securities. The Bank's revenues are derived principally from interest on its loans and other investments and fees charged for services provided, and gains generated from sales of loans and investment securities, and the Bank’s results of operations are primarily dependent on net interest margin, which is the difference between interest income on interest- earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. The Bank's primary sources of funds are: deposits; borrowings; amortization and prepayments of loan principal; and amortizations, prepayments and maturities of investment securities. The Bank is regulated by the Missouri Division of Finance (“MDF”) and its deposits are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"). See discussion under section captioned “Supervision and Regulation” in this Item 1. The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Des Moines, which is one of 11 regional Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLB”). Internet Website The Company’s internet website address is www.gbankmo.com. The information contained on that website is not included as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company makes available through its website its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to these reports as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. These materials are also available free of charge (other than a user's regular internet access charges) on the Securities and Exchange Commission's website at www.sec.gov. 4 FORM 10-K Market Area The Bank's primary market areas are Greene and Christian Counties, which are in the southwestern corner of Missouri and includes the cities of Springfield, Nixa and Ozark, Missouri (our “Market Area”). The major components of the local economy are service industries, education, retail, light manufacturing and health care. There is a significant regional health care presence with two large regional hospitals. There also are four accredited colleges and one major university. Part of the area’s growth can be attributed to its proximity to Branson, Missouri, which has developed a strong tourism industry related to country music and entertainment. Branson is located 30 miles south of Springfield, and attracts between five and six million tourists each year, many of whom pass through Springfield. The Bank also has a Loan Production Office in Webster County, Missouri and Jasper County, Missouri. Lending Activities Like many commercial banks in our market, our loan portfolio is comprised of different types of industries. However, real estate lending is a significant portion of our business and accounted for more than 82% of our loan portfolio by value as of December 31, 2016. Set forth below is selected data relating to the composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio at the dates indicated: 2016 2015 As of December 31, 2014 2013 2012 $ % $ % $ % $ % $ % (Dollars in Thousands) Mortgage loans (includes loans held for sale): One to four family ............... $ 108,594 48,483 40,912 Multi-family ....... Construction ....... Commercial real estate ................. 249,581 Total mortgage loans ................... 447,570 Commercial business loans ... Consumer loans .. 75,405 23,606 Total consumer and 20% $ 100,160 41,604 9% 45,463 7% 20% $ 99,116 33,786 8% 36,785 9% 20% $ 94,422 46,188 7% 43,266 7% 20% $ 102,225 46,405 10% 48,917 9% 21% 10% 10% 46% 208,824 42% 215,605 44% 179,079 38% 167,761 35% 82% 396,051 79% 385,292 78% 362,955 77% 365,308 77% 14% 4% 81,007 21,992 16% 4% 92,114 17,246 19% 3% 92,722 17,303 20% 4% 95,227 16,717 20% 4% 99,011 other loans .......... 23% Total loans ............ 546,581 100% 499,050 100% 494,652 100% 472,980 100% 477,252 100% Less: Deferred loan 21% 109,360 23% 111,944 18% 102,999 22% 110,025 fees/costs, net ... 382 Allowance for loan losses ................ 5,742 333 5,812 262 6,589 175 7,802 136 8,740 Total Loans, net .... $ 540,457 $ 492,905 $ 487,801 $ 465,003 $ 468,376 5 FORM 10-K The following table sets forth the maturity of the Bank's loan portfolio as of December 31, 2016. The table shows loans that have adjustable rates as due in the period during which they contractually mature. The table does not include prepayments or scheduled principal amortization. Loan Maturities Due in One Year or Less Due After One Through Five Years Due After Five Years (Dollars in thousands) One to four family ............................................... $ Multi-family ........................................................ Construction ........................................................ Commercial real estate ........................................ Commercial loans ................................................ Consumer loans ................................................... Total loans (1) .................................................. $ Less: Deferred loan fees/costs ...................................... Allowance for loan losses ................................... Loans receivable net ............................................ (1) Includes mortgage loans held for sale of $2,183 14,336 $ 4,979 23,480 23,141 26,243 9,719 101,898 $ 48,589 $ 28,172 12,484 118,557 32,208 6,801 246,811 $ 45,669 $ 15,332 4,948 107,883 16,954 7,086 197,872 $ $ Total 108,594 48,483 40,912 249,581 75,405 23,606 546,581 382 5,742 540,457 The following table sets forth the dollar amount, before deductions for unearned discounts, deferred loan fees/costs and allowance for loan losses, as of December 31, 2016 of all loans due after December 2017, which have pre-determined interest rates and which have adjustable interest rates. Fixed Rates Adjustable Rates Total (Dollars in Thousands) % Adjustable One to four family ........................................................ $ Multi-family ................................................................. Construction ................................................................. Commercial real estate ................................................. Commercial loans ......................................................... Consumer loans ............................................................ Total loans (1) .............................................................. $ 57,934 $ 24,068 12,165 140,276 16,504 2,090 253,037 $ 36,324 $ 19,436 5,267 86,164 32,658 11,797 191,646 $ 94,258 43,504 17,432 226,440 49,162 13,887 444,683 39% 45% 30% 38% 66% 85% 43% (1) Before deductions for unearned discounts, deferred loan fees/costs and allowances for loan losses. Commercial Real Estate Loans. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank had commercial real estate loans totaling $250.0 million or 46% of the Bank's total loan portfolio. Commercial real estate loans are generally originated in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value of the mortgaged property. The majority of the Bank’s commercial real estate loans have been originated with adjustable rates of interest, the majority of which are quoted at a spread to the Wall Street Prime rate for the initial fixed rate period with subsequent adjustments at a spread to the Wall Street Prime rate. The Bank's commercial real estate loans are generally permanent loans secured by improved property such as office buildings, retail stores, small shopping centers, medical offices, motels, churches and other non-residential buildings. To originate commercial real estate loans, the Bank generally requires a mortgage and security interest in the subject real estate, personal guarantees of the principals, a security interest in the related personal property, and a standby assignment of rents and leases. The Bank has established its loan-to-one borrower limitation, which was $22.7 million as of December 31, 2016, as its maximum commercial real estate loan amount. 6 FORM 10-K Loans secured by commercial real estate are generally larger and involve a greater degree of risk than residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate are often dependent on successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be subject, to a greater extent, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. The Bank seeks to minimize these risks by careful underwriting, requiring personal guarantees, lending only to established customers and borrowers otherwise known by the Bank, and generally restricting such loans to its primary Market Area. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio included approximately $7.5 million, or 1.4% in loans to develop land into residential lots. The Bank utilizes its knowledge of the local market conditions and appraisals to evaluate the development cost and estimate projected lot prices and absorption rates to assess loans on residential subdivisions. The Bank typically loans up to 75% of the appraised value over terms up to two years. Development loans generally involve a greater degree of risk than residential mortgage loans because (1) the funds are advanced upon the security of the land which has a materially lower value prior to completion of the infrastructure required of a subdivision, (2) the cash flow available for debt repayment is a function of the sale of the individual lots, and (3) the amount of interest required to service the debt is a function of the time required to complete the development and sell the lots. Commercial Business Loans. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank had commercial business loans totaling $75.4 million or 14% of the Bank's total loan portfolio. Commercial business loans are generally secured by business assets, such as accounts receivable, equipment and inventory. Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower's ability to make repayment from his or her employment and other income and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial business loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower's ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower's business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself. Further, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. The Bank expects to continue to expand its commercial business lending as opportunities present themselves. One- to Four-Family Mortgage Loans. The Bank offers fixed- and adjustable-rate (“ARM”) first mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residences in the Bank's primary lending area. Typically, such residences are single family homes that serve as the primary residence of the owner. However, there are a number of loans originated by the Bank which are secured by non-owner occupied properties. Loan originations are generally obtained from existing or past customers, members of the local community, attorney referrals, established builders and realtors within our Market Area. Originated mortgage loans in the Bank's portfolio include due-on-sale clauses which provide the Bank with the contractual right to deem the loan immediately due and payable in the event that the borrower transfers ownership of the property without the Bank's consent. As of December 31, 2016, $108.6 million or 20% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio consisted of one- to four-family residential loans. The Bank currently offers ARM and balloon loans that have fixed interest rate periods of one to seven years. Generally, ARM loans provide for limits on the maximum interest rate adjustment ("caps") that can be made at the end of each applicable period and throughout the duration of the loan. ARM loans are originated for a term of up to 30 years on owner-occupied properties and generally up to 25 years on non-owner occupied properties. Typically, interest rate adjustments are calculated based on U.S. treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year (CMT), plus a 2.50% to 2.75% margin. Interest rates charged on fixed-rate loans are competitively priced based on market conditions and the cost of funds existing at the time the loan is committed. The Bank's fixed-rate mortgage loans are made for terms of 15 to 30 years which are currently being sold on the secondary market. Generally, ARM loans pose credit risks different from the risks inherent in fixed-rate loans, primarily because as interest rates rise, the underlying payments of the borrower rise, thereby increasing the potential for default. At the same time, the marketability of the underlying property may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. The Bank does not originate ARM loans that provide for negative amortization. The Bank generally originates both owner occupied and non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential mortgage loans in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value or the selling price of the mortgaged property, whichever is lower. The Bank on occasion may make loans up to 95% of appraised value or the selling price of the mortgage property, whichever is lower. However, the Bank typically requires private mortgage insurance for the excess amount over 80% for mortgage loans with loan to value percentages greater than 80%. 7 FORM 10-K Multi-Family Mortgage Loans. The Bank originates multi-family mortgage loans in its primary lending area. As of December 31, 2016, $48.5 million or 9% of the Bank's total loan portfolio consisted of multi-family residential real estate loans. With regard to multi-family mortgage loans, the Bank generally requires personal guarantees of the principals as well as a security interest in the real estate. Multi-family mortgage loans are generally originated in amounts of up to 80% of the appraised value of the property. A portion of the Bank’s multi-family mortgage loans have been originated with adjustable rates of interest which are quoted at a spread to the FHLB advance rate for the initial fixed rate period with subsequent adjustments based on the Wall Street prime rate. The loan-to-one-borrower limitation, $22.7 million as of December 31, 2016, is the maximum the Bank will lend on a multi-family residential real estate loan. Loans secured by multi-family residential real estate generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and carry larger loan balances. This increased credit risk is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic conditions on income producing properties, and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by multi-family residential real estate is typically dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate property. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, the borrower's ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Construction Loans. As of December 31, 2016, construction loans totaled $41.0 million or 7% of the Bank's total loan portfolio. Construction loans originated by the Bank are generally secured by permanent mortgage loans for the construction of owner-occupied residential real estate or to finance speculative construction secured by residential real estate or owner-operated commercial real estate. This portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio consists of speculative loans, i.e., loans to builders who are speculating that they will be able to locate a purchaser for the underlying property prior to or shortly after the time construction has been completed. Construction loans are made to contractors who have sufficient financial strength and a proven track record, for the purpose of resale, as well as on a "pre-sold" basis. Construction loans made for the purpose of resale generally provide for interest only payments at floating rates and have terms of six months to fifteen months. Construction loans for speculative purposes, models, and commercial properties typically have loan to value ratios of up to 80%. Loan proceeds are disbursed in increments as construction progresses and as inspections warrant. Construction lending by its nature entails significant additional risks as compared with one-to four-family mortgage lending, attributable primarily to the fact that funds are advanced upon the security of the project under construction prior to its completion. As a result, construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. Because of these factors, the analysis of the prospective construction loan projects requires an expertise that is different in significant respects from that which is required for residential mortgage lending. The Bank attempts to address these risks through its underwriting and construction monitoring procedures. Consumer and Other Loans. The Bank also offers consumer loans, primarily consisting of loans secured by certificates of deposit, automobiles, boats and home equity loans. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank has such loans totaling $23.6 million or 4% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio. The Bank expects to continue to expand its consumer lending as opportunities present themselves. Director and Insider loans. Management believes that loans to Directors and Officers are prudent and within the normal course of business. These loans reflect normal credit terms and represent no more collection risk than any other loan in the portfolio. Delinquencies, Non-Performing and Problem Assets. Delinquent Loans. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank has ten loans 90 days or more past due with a principal balance of $733,562 and two loans between 30 and 89 days past due with an aggregate principal balance of $862,718. The Bank generally does not accrue interest on loans past due more than 90 days. 8 FORM 10-K The following table sets forth the Bank's loans that were accounted for on a non-accrual basis or 90 days or more delinquent at the dates indicated. Delinquency Summary Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis or contractually past due 90 days or more Mortgage Loans: One to four family ......................................... $ Multi-family .................................................. Construction .................................................. Commercial real estate .................................. Non-mortgage loans: Commercial loans .......................................... Consumer and other loans ............................. Total non-accrual loans .............................. Accruing loans which are contractually past maturity or past due 90 days or more: Mortgage Loans: One to four family ......................................... Multi-family .................................................. Construction .................................................. Commercial real estate .................................. Non-mortgage loans: Commercial loans .......................................... Consumer and other loans ............................. Total past maturity or past due accruing loans ....................................................... Total accounted for on a non-accrual basis or contractually past maturity or 90 days or more past due ........................................................... $ Total accounted for on a non-accrual basis or contractually past maturity or 90 days or more past due as a percentage of net loans .............. Total accounted for on a non-accrual basis or contractually past maturity or 90 days or more past due as a percentage of total assets ........... 2016 As of December 31, 2014 (Dollars in Thousands) 2015 2013 2012 2,060 $ - 5,447 162 7,669 925 38 963 8,632 2,272 $ - 8,080 1,241 11,593 2,149 13 2,162 13,755 911 $ - 2,893 460 4,264 1,027 - 1,027 5,291 816 $ - 4,530 3,663 9,009 6,776 63 6,839 15,848 2,281 - 6,274 3,664 12,219 2,793 319 3,112 15,331 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8,632 $ 13,755 $ 5,291 $ 15,848 $ 15,331 1.60% 2.79% 1.08% 3.41% 3.27% 1.25% 2.11% 0.84% 2.56% 2.32% Non-Performing Assets. Loans are reviewed on a regular basis and are placed on non-accrual status when, in the opinion of management, the collection of all interest at contractual rates becomes doubtful. As part of such review, mortgage loans are placed on non-accrual status generally when either principal or interest is more than 90 days past due, or when other circumstances indicate the collection of principal or interest is in doubt. Interest accrued and unpaid at the time a loan is placed on non-accrual status is charged against interest income. Real estate acquired by the Bank as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is deemed a foreclosed asset held for sale until such time as it is sold. When a foreclosed asset held for sale is acquired it is recorded at its estimated fair value, less estimated selling expenses. Valuations of such foreclosed assets are periodically performed by management, and any subsequent decline in estimated fair value is charged to operations. 9 FORM 10-K The following table shows the principal amount of non-performing assets (i.e. loans that are not performing under regulatory guidelines) and all foreclosed assets, including assets acquired in settlement of loans and the resulting impact on interest income for the periods then ended. Non-Performing Assets Non-accrual loans: Mortgage loans: 2016 2015 As of December 31, 2014 (Dollars in Thousands) 2013 2012 One to four family ........................................ $ Multi-family ................................................. Construction ................................................. Commercial real estate ................................. Non-mortgage loans: Commercial loans ......................................... Consumer and other loans ............................ Total non-accrual loans ............................. Real estate and other assets acquired in 2,060 $ - 5,447 162 7,669 925 38 963 8,632 2,272 $ - 8,080 1,241 11,593 2,149 13 2,162 13,755 911 $ - 2,893 460 4,264 1,027 - 1,027 5,291 816 $ - 4,530 3,663 9,009 6,776 63 6,839 15,848 2,281 - 6,274 3,664 12,219 2,793 319 3,112 15,331 settlement of loans ........................................ Total non-performing assets ............................. $ 2,682 11,314 $ 2,392 16,147 $ 3,165 8,456 $ 3,822 19,670 $ 4,530 19,861 Total non-accrual loans as a percentage of net loans .............................................................. 1.60% 2.79% 1.08% 3.41% 3.27% Total non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets ..................................................... 1.64% 2.47% 1.35% 3.17% 3.01% Impact on interest income for the period: Interest income that would have been recorded on non-accruing loans ................................... $ 90 $ 573 $ 337 $ 572 $ 484 Problem Assets. Federal regulations require that the Bank review and classify its assets on a regular basis to determine those assets considered to be of lesser quality. In addition, in connection with examinations of insured institutions, bank examiners have authority to identify problem assets and, if appropriate, require them to be classified. There are three classifications for problem assets: substandard, doubtful, and loss. "Substandard assets" must have one or more defined weaknesses and are characterized by the distinct possibility that the insured institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. "Doubtful assets" have the weaknesses of substandard assets with the additional characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values highly questionable, and improbable. An asset classified "loss" is considered uncollectible and of such little value that continuance as an asset of the institution is not warranted. The regulations have also created a “special mention” category, described as assets which do not currently expose an insured institution to a sufficient degree of risk to warrant classification but do possess credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses deserving management's close attention. Federal regulations require the Bank to establish general allowances for loan losses from assets classified as substandard or doubtful. If an asset or portion thereof is classified as loss, the insured institution must either establish specific allowances for loan losses in the amount of 100% of the portion of the asset classified loss or charge off such amount. A portion of general loss allowances established to cover possible losses related to assets classified substandard or doubtful may be included in determining an institution's regulatory capital. For management purposes, the Bank also designates certain loans for additional attention. Such loans are called “Special Mention” and have identified weaknesses, that if the situation deteriorates, the loans would merit a substandard classification. 10 FORM 10-K The following table shows the aggregate amounts of the Bank's classified assets as of December 31, 2016. Special Mention Number Amount Number Amount Number Amount Number Amount (Dollars in Thousands) Substandard Doubtful Total Loans: One to four family ............. Multi-family ...................... Construction ...................... Commercial real estate ...... Commercial ....................... Consumer and Other .......... Total loans ............................. Foreclosed assets held-for- sale: One to four family ............. Land and other assets ......... Total foreclosed assets .......... Total .................................. 2 $ 2,591 - - - - 5,922 4 4,503 2 - - 8 13,016 - 5 8 12 6 32 $ 3,453 - 5,447 1,459 1,225 226 63 11,810 - - - - - - 8 $ 13,016 1,078 4 1,604 6 10 2,682 73 $ 14,492 - $ - - - 3 - 3 - - - 3 $ - - - - 584 - 584 - - - 584 34 $ 6,044 - - 5,447 5 7,381 12 6,312 17 226 6 74 25,410 1,078 4 1,604 6 10 2,682 84 $ 28,092 Allowance for Loan Losses and Provision for Loan Losses The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses based on management's evaluation of the risk inherent in its loan portfolio and the general economy. Such evaluation, which includes a review of all loans on which full collectability may not be reasonably assured, considers among other matters, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, economic conditions, historical loan loss experience, and other factors that warrant recognition in providing for an adequate loan loss allowance. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank's allowance for loan losses and valuation of foreclosed assets held for sale. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank's total allowance for loan losses was $5.7 million or 1.06% of gross loans outstanding (excluding mortgage loans held for sale), a decrease of $69,491 from December 31, 2015. The Bank experienced loan charge offs in excess of recoveries as management charged off specific loans that had been previously identified and classified as impaired. This allowance reflects not only management's determination to maintain an allowance for loan losses consistent with regulatory expectations for non-performing or problem assets, but also reflects the regional economy and the Bank's policy of evaluating the risks inherent in its loan portfolio. Management records a provision for loan losses to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level considered adequate based on the Bank’s internal analysis and methodology. During 2016, the Bank recorded a provision for loan loss expense, as shown in the table below. Management anticipates the need to continue adding to the allowance through charges to provision for loan losses as growth in the loan portfolio or other circumstances warrant. 11 FORM 10-K The following tables set forth certain information concerning the Bank's allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated. Allowance for Loan Losses 2016 2015 Beginning balance ......................................... $ Gross loan charge offs Mortgage Loans: One to four family ....................................... Multi-family ................................................ Construction ................................................ Commercial real estate ................................ Non-mortgage loans: Commercial loans ........................................ Consumer and other loans ........................... Total charge offs ...................................... Recoveries Mortgage Loans: One to four family ....................................... Multi-family ................................................ Construction ................................................ Commercial real estate ................................ Non-mortgage loans: Commercial loans ........................................ Consumer and other loans ........................... Total recoveries ........................................ Net loan charge-offs ...................................... Provision charged to expense .......................... Ending balance .............................................. $ Net charge-offs as a percentage of average 5,812 $ (47) - (1,222) (69) (1,338) (171) (190) (361) (1,699) 34 - 91 32 157 8 89 97 254 (1,445) 1,375 5,742 $ Year ended December 31, 2014 (Dollars in Thousands) 7,802 $ 6,589 $ 2013 2012 8,740 $ 10,613 (99) - (1,233) - (1,332) - (119) (119) (1,451) 20 - 10 - 30 4 40 44 74 (1,377) 600 5,812 $ (127) - (411) (9) (547) (2,018) (150) (2,168) (2,715) 9 - 5 99 113 65 49 114 227 (2,488) 1,275 6,589 $ (139) - (879) (277) (1,295) (1,268) (164) (1,432) (2,727) 23 - 50 - 73 110 56 166 239 (2,488) 1,550 7,802 $ (265) - (1,335) (985) (2,585) (5,547) (73) (5,620) (8,205) 25 - 28 94 147 198 37 235 382 (7,823) 5,950 8,740 loans, net ...................................................... 0.28% 0.27% 0.53% 0.53% 1.68% Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of average loans, net ........................................ 1.12% 1.16% 1.41% 1.67% 1.88% Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total non-performing loans .......................... 67% 42% 125% 49% 57% 12 FORM 10-K Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses The following table shows the amount of the allowance allocated to the mortgage and non-mortgage loan categories and the respective percent of that loan category to total loans. As of December 31, 2014 Amount % Amount % Amount % Amount % Amount % (Dollars in thousands) 2012 2015 2016 2013 Mortgage Loans ............ $ 4,126 Non-Mortgage Loans .... 1,616 76% 24% Total .......................... $ 5,742 100% $ 5,812 100% $ 6,589 100% $ 7,802 100% $ 8,740 100% 66% $ 5,652 34% 2,150 72% $ 6,642 28% 2,098 65% $ 4,349 35% 2,240 72% $ 3,770 28% 2,042 Investment Activities The investment policy of the Company, which is established by the Company’s Board of Directors and reviewed by the Asset/Liability Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, is designed primarily to provide and maintain liquidity, to generate a favorable return on investments, to help mitigate interest rate and credit risk, and to complement the Bank's lending activities. The policy currently provides for held-to-maturity and available-for-sale investment security portfolios. The Company does not currently engage in trading investment securities and does not anticipate doing so in the future. As of December 31, 2016, the Company has investment securities with an amortized cost of $94.5 million and an estimated fair value of $92.4 million. See Note 1 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for description of the accounting policy for investments. Based on the carrying value of these securities, $92.4 million, or 99.9%, of the Company’s investment securities portfolio are available-for-sale. From time to time, the Company will sell a security to change its interest rate risk profile or restructure the portfolio and its cash flows. In 2016, the Company sold $76.5 million in securities and recognized $192,537 of gains. The Company has the authority to invest in various types of liquid assets, including United States Treasury obligations, securities of various federal agencies, corporate securities, trust preferred securities, certain certificates of deposit of insured banks and savings institutions, certain bankers' acceptances, repurchase agreements, and sale of federal funds. 13 FORM 10-K Composition of Investment Securities Portfolio The following tables set forth the amortized cost and approximate fair market values of the available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities. Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized (Losses) Approximate Fair Value As of December 31, 2016 AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES: Debt Securities: Corporates ........................................................................ $ 7,003,986 $ Municipals ....................................................................... 39,357,506 Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities and (4,514 ) $ 7,053,522 54,050 $ 65,673 (1,085,654 ) 38,337,525 SBA loan pools ............................................................ 48,115,793 19,432 (1,127,037 ) 47,008,188 HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES: Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities ........ 27,528 $ 94,504,813 $ 625 28,153 139,780 $ (2,217,205 ) $ 92,427,388 - Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized (Losses) Approximate Fair Value As of December 31, 2015 AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES: Equity Securities ................................................................. $ Debt Securities: 102,212 $ 10,081 $ (12,776 ) $ 99,517 U. S. government agencies .............................................. 8,533,885 Corporates ........................................................................ 3,965,719 Municipals ....................................................................... 31,132,635 Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities and - - 302,335 (137,101 ) 8,396,784 (152,019 ) 3,813,700 (85,808 ) 31,349,162 SBA loan pools ............................................................ 54,643,681 13,764 (1,024,121 ) 53,633,324 836 43,935 327,016 $ (1,411,825 ) $ 97,336,422 - HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES: Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities ........ 43,099 $ 98,421,231 $ 14 FORM 10-K  Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized (Losses) Approximate Fair Value As of December 31, 2014 AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES: Equity Securities ................................................................. $ Debt Securities: 102,212 $ 16,121 $ (13,310 ) $ 105,023 U. S. government agencies .............................................. 10,528,055 Municipals ....................................................................... 15,474,316 Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities and - 185,747 (271,282 ) 10,256,773 (70,173 ) 15,589,890 SBA loan pools ............................................................ 61,075,181 235,977 (794,859 ) 60,516,299 HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES: Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities ........ 60,993 $ 87,240,757 $ 1,626 62,619 439,471 $ (1,149,624 ) $ 86,530,604 - The following tables set forth certain information regarding the weighted average yields and maturities of the Bank's investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2016. Investment Portfolio Maturities and Average Weighted Yields Due in one to five years ..................................................................... Due in five to ten years ..................................................................... Due after ten years ............................................................................ Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan Cost 1,297,373 11,327,059 33,737,060 Amortized Weighted Average Yield 1.43% 2.50% 3.66% Approximate Fair Value 1,299,297 11,187,770 32,903,980 pools not due on a single maturity date ......................................... $ 48,143,321 94,504,813 2.74% 2.95% $ 47,036,341 92,427,388 After One Through Five Years After Five Through Ten Years After Ten Years Securities Not Due on a Single Maturity Date Total As of December 31, 2016 Debt Securities: Corporates ........................................................ $ - $ 2,997,422 $ 4,056,100 $ Municipals ....................................................... 1,299,297 8,190,348 28,847,880 Government sponsored mortgage-backed - $ 7,053,522 - 38,337,525 securities and SBA loan pools ...................... - 47,036,341 47,036,341 $ 1,299,297 $ 11,187,770 $ 32,903,980 $47,036,341 $ 92,427,388 - - 15 FORM 10-K Sources of Funds General. The Company's primary sources of funds are retail and commercial deposits, borrowings, amortization and prepayments of loans and amortization, prepayments and maturities of investment securities. Deposits. The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts having a range of interest rates and terms. The Bank has concentrated on a diverse deposit mix, such that transaction accounts make a greater percent of funding than in the past. The Bank offers various checking accounts, money markets, savings, fixed-term certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and prevailing interest rates, local competition, and competition from non-bank financial service providers. The Company closely manages its deposit position and mix to manage interest rate risk and improve its net interest margin. The Bank's deposits are typically obtained from the areas in which its offices are located. The Bank relies primarily on customer service and long- standing relationships with customers to attract and retain these deposits. The Bank seeks to maintain a high level of stable core deposits by providing high quality service through its employees and its convenient office and banking center locations. Deposit Account Types The following table sets forth the distribution of the Bank's deposit accounts at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands). As of December 31, 2016 As of December 31, 2015 As of December 31, 2014 Percent Average Interest of Total Rate Amount Deposits Rate Amount Deposits Rate Amount Deposits Percent Average of Total Interest Percent Average of Total Interest NOW ................... Savings ................ Money Market ..... Non-interest 0.30% $ 129,138 0.20% 28,095 0.45% 155,530 26% 6% 31% 0.31% $137,473 0.20% 25,865 0.42% 170,603 27% 5% 33% 0.34% $111,561 0.20% 23,619 0.43% 171,948 bearing demand ... Total .............. 0.00% 80,911 393,674 15% 78% 0.00% 67,897 401,838 13% 78% 0.00% 51,708 358,836 Certificates of Deposit: (fixed- rate, fixed-term) 1-11 months ....... 12-23 months ..... 24-35 months ..... 36-47 months ..... 48-59 months ..... 60-71 months ..... 72-95 months ..... Total .............. Total Deposits ...... 0.75% 65,802 0.89% 22,328 1.24% 12,882 5,106 1.40% 3,655 1.47% 1,874 1.37% 42 1.34% 111,689 $ 505,363 13% 4% 3% 1% 1% 0% 0% 22% 100% 0.54% 45,517 0.82% 43,523 1.02% 12,654 6,895 1.35% 4,671 1.44% 2,274 1.47% 14 1.34% 115,548 $517,386 9% 8% 3% 1% 1% 0% 0% 22% 100% 0.55% 56,369 0.81% 27,938 1.10% 21,925 6,709 1.28% 4,528 1.41% 3,315 1.50% 198 1.43% 120,982 $479,818 23% 5% 36% 11% 75% 11% 6% 5% 1% 1% 1% 0% 25% 100% 16 FORM 10-K Maturities of Certificates of Deposit of $100,000 or More In 2016, management continued to place emphasis on reducing the dependence on jumbo deposits ($100,000 or more). The following table indicates the approximate amount of the Bank's certificate of deposit accounts of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2016. Three months or less ..................................................................................................................... $ Over three through six months ...................................................................................................... Over six through twelve months ................................................................................................... Over twelve months ...................................................................................................................... Total .............................................................................................................................................. $ (Dollars in thousands) As of December 31, 2016 18,383 24,530 16,002 4,782 63,697 Borrowings The Company’s borrowings consist primarily of FHLB advances, Federal Reserve advances, issuances of junior subordinated debentures and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Deposits are the primary source of funds for the Bank's lending activities and other general business purposes. However, during periods when the supply of lendable funds cannot meet the demand for such loans, the FHLB System, of which the Bank is a member, makes available, subject to compliance with eligibility standards, a portion of the funds necessary through loans (advances) to its members. Use of FHLB advances is a common practice, allowing the Bank to provide funding to its customers at a time when significant liquidity is not present, or at a rate advantageous relative to current market deposit rates. FHLB advances, due to their structure, allow the Bank to better manage its interest rate and liquidity risk. The following table presents certain data for FHLB advances as of the dates indicated. Remaining maturity: Less than one year ................................................................... $ One to two years ...................................................................... Two to three years ................................................................... Three to four years .................................................................. Four to five years .................................................................... Over five years ........................................................................ Total ........................................................................................ $ 2016 As of December 31, 2015 (Dollars in Thousands) 2014 43,600 $ 50,000 2,100 - - - 95,700 $ - $ - - 50,000 2,100 - 52,100 $ 8,250 - - - 50,000 2,100 60,350 Weighted average rate at end of period ................................... 1.72% 2.25 % 2.00% For the period: Average outstanding balance ............................................... $ Weighted average interest rate ............................................. 71,200 $ 1.79% 52,592 $ 2.24 % 54,588 2.18% Maximum outstanding as of any month end ........................... $ 95,700 $ 56,500 $ 66,700 17 FORM 10-K Junior Subordinated Debentures: On December 15, 2005, the Company completed an offering of $15 million of “Trust Preferred Securities” (defined hereinafter). The Company formed two wholly-owned subsidiaries, Guaranty Statutory Trust I (“Trust I”) and Guaranty Statutory Trust II (“Trust II”) each a Delaware statutory trust (each a “Trust”, and collectively, the “Trusts”), for the purpose of issuing the $15 million of Trust Preferred Securities. The proceeds of the sale of Trust Preferred Securities, together with the proceeds of the Trusts’ sale of their common securities to the Company, were used by each Trust to purchase certain debentures from the Company. The Company issued 30-year junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures to the Trusts in the principal amount of $5,155,000 (“Trust I Debentures”) and $10,310,000 (“Trust II Debentures”, and together with the Trust I Debentures, the “Debentures”) pursuant to the terms of Indentures dated December 15, 2005 by and between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. The Trust I Debentures bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.92%, payable quarterly. The Trust II Debentures bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.47% for 5 years, payable quarterly, after issuance and thereafter at a floating rate equal to the three month LIBOR plus 1.45%. The interest payments by the Company to the Trusts will be used to pay the dividends payable by the Trusts to the holders of the Trust Preferred Securities. The Debentures mature on February 23, 2036. Subject to prior approval by the Federal Reserve Board, the Debentures and the Trust Preferred Securities are each callable by the Company or the Trusts, respectively and as applicable, at its option after five years from issuance, and sooner in the case of a special redemption at a special redemption price ranging up to 103.2% of the principal amount thereof, and upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a change in the regulatory capital treatment of the Trust Preferred Securities, either Trust being deemed an investment company or the occurrence of certain adverse tax events. In addition, the Company and the Trusts may defer interest and dividend payments, respectively, for up to five consecutive years without resulting in a default. An event of default may occur if the Company declares bankruptcy, fails to make the required payments within 30 days or breaches certain covenants within the Debentures. The Debentures are subordinated to the prior payment of any other indebtedness of the Company. Pursuant to two guarantee agreements by and between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, the Company issued a limited, irrevocable guarantee of the obligations of each Trust under the Trust Preferred Securities whereby the Company has guaranteed any and all payment obligations of the Trusts related to the Trust Preferred Securities including distributions on, and the liquidation or redemption price of, the Trust Preferred Securities to the extent each Trust does not have funds available. The following table sets forth certain information as to the Company's subordinated debentures issued to the Trusts at the dates indicated. 2016 As of December 31, 2015 (Dollars in Thousands) 2014 Subordinated debentures ......................................................... $ 15,465 $ 15,465 $ 15,465 Weighted average interest rate of subordinated debentures .... 3.75% 3.48% 3.45% Federal Reserve Bank Borrowings During 2008, the Bank established a borrowing line with Federal Reserve Bank. The Bank had the ability to borrow $25.2 million as of December 31, 2016. The Federal Reserve Bank requires the Bank to maintain collateral in relation to borrowings outstanding. The Bank had no borrowings on this line as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. 18 FORM 10-K Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase In January 2008, the Company borrowed $30.0 million under three structured repurchase agreements. Interest was based on a fixed weighted average rate of 2.65% until maturity in January 2018. Beginning in February 2010, the counterparty, Barclay’s Capital, Inc., had the option to terminate the agreements on a quarterly basis until maturity. Prior to the stated maturity date, the Company paid off one of these agreements in the amount $15.0 million in May 2013 and another agreement in the amount of $5.0 million in November 2011. In June 2015, the Company executed a structured transaction in order to pay off the remaining $10.0 million, prior to its stated maturity date, incurring a prepayment penalty of $463,992. Subsidiary Activity and Segment Information The Company has three wholly-owned subsidiaries: (i) the Bank, the Company’s principal subsidiary and a state- chartered bank with trust powers in Missouri; (ii) Trust I; and (iii) Trust II. As discussed in more detail above, Trust I and Trust II were formed in December 2005 for the exclusive purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to acquire junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company. Those debentures are the sole assets of the Trusts. The interest payments by the Company on the debentures are the sole revenues of the Trusts and are used by the Trusts to pay the dividends to the holders of the trust preferred securities. The Company has guaranteed any and all payment obligations of the Trusts related to the trust preferred securities. Under generally accepted accounting principles, the Trusts are not consolidated with the Company. The Bank has one service corporation subsidiary, Guaranty Financial Services of Springfield, Inc., a Missouri corporation. This service corporation, which has been inactive since February 1, 2003, had agreements with third party providers for the sale of securities and casualty insurance products. The Company’s banking operation conducted through its principal subsidiary, the Bank, is the Company’s only reportable segment. Other information about the Company’s business segment is contained in the section captioned “Segment Information” in Note 1 to the Notes of the Consolidated Financial Statements in this report. Return on Equity and Assets The following table sets forth certain dividend, equity and asset ratios of the Company for the periods indicated. Year ended Year ended Year ended December 31, December 31, December 31, 2016 2015 2014 Common Dividend Payout Ratio ............................. Return on Average Assets ........................................ Return on Average Equity ........................................ 27% 0.83% 8.00% 18% 0.88% 8.81% Stockholders' Equity to Assets ................................. 10.17% 10.17% EPS Diluted .............................................................. $ Dividends on Common Shares ................................. $ 1.27 0.34 $ $ 1.30 0.23 $ $ 11% 0.92% 9.67% 9.78% 1.33 0.15 19 FORM 10-K Employees As of December 31, 2016, the Bank had 146 full-time employees and 26 part-time employees. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had no employees. None of the Bank's employees are represented by a collective bargaining group. Competition The Bank experiences substantial competition both in attracting and retaining deposit accounts and in the origination of loans. The Bank's primary competitors are the financial institutions near each of the Bank's offices. In the Springfield metropolitan area, where the Bank's main office and branch offices are located, primary competition consists of commercial banks, credit unions, and savings institutions. Direct competition for deposit accounts comes from other commercial banks, credit unions, regional bank and thrift holding companies, and savings institutions located in the remainder of our Market Area. Significant competition for the Bank's other deposit products and services come from money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, insurance companies, and retail stores. Recently, online firms have offered attractive financial service products to consumers, irrespective of location. The primary factors in competing for loans are interest rates and loan origination fees and the range of services offered by various financial institutions. Our larger competitors have a greater ability to finance wide-ranging advertising campaigns through their greater capital resources. Our marketing efforts depend heavily upon referrals from officers, directors and shareholders, selective advertising in local media and direct mail solicitations. The Bank believes it is able to compete effectively in its primary Market Area by offering competitive interest rates and loan fees, and a variety of deposit products, and by emphasizing personal customer service. Supervision and Regulation General The Company and the Bank are subject to an extensive regulatory framework under federal and state law. Consequently, the Company’s growth and earnings performance may be affected by the requirements of federal and state statutes and by regulations and policies of various bank regulatory authorities, including the: ● Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”); ● Missouri Division of Finance; ● Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; and ● Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”). Additionally, the Company’s business may be impacted by assorted laws and rules, including: ● anti-money laundering laws enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury (Treasury); ● taxation laws administered by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and state taxing authorities; ● accounting rules developed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB); and ● securities laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and state securities authorities. 20 FORM 10-K Regulatory agencies often have significant discretion regarding their supervisory and enforcement activities. This comprehensive supervisory and regulatory framework significantly impacts the Company’s operations and results. Additionally, new legislation is introduced from time to time that could impact the Company and the Bank in substantial ways and the nature, extent, or impact of new statutes or regulations on the Company’s or the Bank’s operations or financial conditions cannot be predicted with any certainty. Set forth below is a brief summary of certain material laws and regulations applicable to the Company and the Bank. These laws and regulations are primarily intended for the protection of the Bank’s customers and depositors and not for the benefit of the stockholders or creditors of the Company. The following description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes and regulations described below. Dodd-Frank Act The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (“Dodd-Frank Act” or “Dodd-Frank”) significantly changed the regulatory framework for financial institutions and their holding companies. Among other provisions, the Dodd-Frank Act: ● ● created the CFPB, which is responsible for implementing, supervising, and enforcing compliance with consumer financial protection laws; increased the deposit insurance coverage limit and changed the assessment base for calculating a bank’s deposit insurance assessments; ● repealed the prohibition on payment of interest on demand deposits; ● provided for new disclosures related to executive compensation and corporate governance and prohibited compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks or that could provide excessive compensation; ● imposed new capital requirements on banking institutions (see “New Capital Rules” below); ● enhanced the authority of the Federal Reserve Board to examine the Company and its non-bank subsidiaries; and ● imposed new requirements and restrictions on consumer mortgage banking. The Dodd-Frank Act contains numerous provisions scheduled to be implemented through rulemakings by various federal regulatory agencies over a period of several years. Many, but not all, of the regulations have been issued and full implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act is still not complete. This law will continue to significantly influence the regulatory environment in which the Bank and the Company operate. As a result, the Company cannot predict the Dodd-Frank Act’s ultimate impact on the Company or the Bank at this time. Certain rules proposed or adopted under the Dodd-Frank Act are discussed throughout this section. Minimum Capital Requirements In July 2013, the U.S. federal banking agencies approved a final rule to comprehensively revise the regulatory capital framework for the U.S. banking sector, implementing many aspects of the framework agreed to by the International Basel Committee on Bank Supervision and incorporating changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Basel III Rule”). The capital requirements apply to all banks and savings associations, bank holding companies with more than $1 billion in assets and savings and loan holding companies (other than certain savings and loan holding companies engaged in insurance underwriting and grandfathered diversified holding companies). The Basel III Rule establishes new higher capital ratio requirements, tightens the definition of “capital,” imposes new operating restrictions on banking organizations with insufficient capital buffers, and increases the risk-weighting of certain assets. Cumulatively, these changes result in substantially more demanding capital standards for U.S. banking organizations. 21 FORM 10-K The Basel III Rule distinguishes between banking organizations subject to the “advanced approaches” method of computing risk-based regulatory capital, which are those with $250 billion or more in total consolidated assets or $10 billion or more in foreign exposures, and other banking organizations that successfully opt-in (“Advanced Banks”) and other banking organizations, such as the Company and the Bank, which operate under the “standardized approach” (“Standardized Banks”). The new rules became effective for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015, with certain requirements to be phased- in between January 2016 and January 2019. The Basel III Rule, among other features: ● Introduces a new capital measure, Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1” or “Tier 1 Common”), which is defined as common stock instruments, related surplus (net of Treasury stock), and retained earnings, subject to certain regulatory adjustments; and ● Requires banking institutions to maintain: o o o a new minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5% (plus a capital conservation buffer); a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital (the sum of CET1 and Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk- weighted assets of at least 6%, which is an increase from 4% (plus a capital conservation buffer); a total capital (the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital) ratio of at least 8% of risk-weighted assets (plus a capital conservation buffer); and o a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital of 4%. In addition, the Basel III Rule requires that banking organizations maintain a “capital conservation buffer” comprised of CET1 in order to avoid restrictions on the ability to make capital distributions (including dividends and stock purchases) and pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The capital conservation buffer is equal to 2.5% of risk- weighted assets, in addition to the minimum CET1, Tier 1, and total capital ratios. The capital conservation buffer will be phased-in beginning at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets on January 1, 2016, and increasing each subsequent year by an additional 0.625%, to reach the final level of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets on January, 1 2019. Accordingly, factoring in the capital conservation buffer, the minimum ratios noted above increase to 7% for CET1, 8.5% for Tier 1 capital, and 10.5% for total capital. Furthermore, the Basel III Rule includes more restrictive definitions for the components of capital. For example, cumulative perpetual preferred stock and trust preferred securities have been phased-out of Tier 1 capital. However, for smaller entities with less than $15 billion in assets as of December 31, 2009, such as the Bank, the final rule permanently grandfathers as Tier 1 capital trust preferred securities and similar instruments issued by such entities prior to May 19, 2010. The final Basel III Rule provides entities such as the Company and the Bank with a one time “opt-out” right to continue excluding accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) from CET1 capital. This opt-out was required to be made in the first quarter of 2015 and the Company and Bank made this election. Accordingly, the Bank and the Company need not include AOCI in CET1 capital going forward. The rule also requires that goodwill and certain other intangible assets, other than mortgage servicing assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities, be deducted from CET1 capital. Additionally, certain deferred tax assets and mortgage servicing assets must be deducted from CET1 capital if such assets exceed a certain percentage of an institution’s CET1 capital. Generally, greater deductions from CET1 reduce an institution’s capital base. Moreover, the Basel III Rule changes the risk-weightings for certain assets that are used to calculate capital ratios. All else being equal, a higher risk weight results in a higher risk-weighted asset amount which, in turn, gives rise to a lower risk-based capital ratio. The final rule assigns a higher risk-weighting of 150% (up from 100%) for exposures that are more than 90 days past due and assigns a higher risk-weighting of 150% (up from 100%) for high-volatility commercial real estate loans, which are credit facilities that, prior to conversion to permanent financing, finance or have financed the acquisition, development, or construction of real property, subject to certain exclusions. Although initially contemplated, there was no change to the risk-weighting treatment of residential mortgage loans in the final Basel III Rule. 22 FORM 10-K Although the Basel III Rule is more stringent than previous capital rules, the Basel III Rule has had minimal impact on the Company and the Bank, to date. The Company and the Bank have a strong capital base and currently maintain adequate capital to meet the new standards. Nonetheless, federal banking guidelines provide that financial institutions experiencing significant growth could be expected to maintain capital levels above the minimum requirements without significant reliance on intangible assets. Additionally, higher capital levels could be required under certain circumstances, such as situations involving interest rate risk, risk from concentrations of credit, or nontraditional activities. Accordingly, the Company and the Bank could be required to maintain higher capital levels in the future. Regulation of the Bank General. The Bank, as a Missouri-chartered non-member depository trust company, is primarily regulated by the MDF and FDIC. The Bank is subject to extensive federal and state regulatory oversight in all areas of banking operations, including, but not limited to, lending activities, investments, loans, deposits, interest rates payable on deposits, establishment of branches, corporate restructuring, and capital adequacy. The Bank is also subject to certain reserve requirements promulgated by the FRB. The MDF, in conjunction with the FDIC, regularly examines the Bank and reports to the Bank's Board of Directors on any deficiencies that are found in the Bank's operations. The Bank must also file reports with the MDF and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition, in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such as mergers with or acquisitions of other banks or savings institutions. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies. Regulation by these agencies is designed to protect the Bank’s depositors and not the Company’s shareholders. Insurance of Deposit Accounts and Assessments. The deposit accounts held by the Bank are insured by the DIF. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions, and credit unions to $250,000 per insured depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2009. The Dodd-Frank Act also increased the minimum ratio of net worth to insured deposits of the DIF from 1.15% to 1.35%. A bank's insurance assessment is determined quarterly by multiplying its assessment rate by its assessment base. Per FDIC rules, a bank’s assessment base is the institution’s average consolidated total assets minus its average tangible equity. The FDIC has adopted a risk-based system for assessment rates. For banks with less than $10 billion in assets, such as the Bank, the risk classification is based on the Bank’s capital levels and level of supervisory risk. Assessment rates are subject to adjustment and (1) decrease for issuance of long-term unsecured debt (including senior unsecured debt and subordinated debt); (2) increase for holdings of long-term unsecured or subordinated debt issued by other insured banks; and (3) for banks that are not well-rated or not well-capitalized, increase for significant holdings of brokered deposits. The FDIC may terminate a bank’s deposit insurance if it finds that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. Regulatory Capital Requirements and Prompt Corrective Action. The FDIC is required to take prompt corrective action if an insured depository institution, such as the Bank, does not meet its minimum capital requirements. The FDIC has established five capital tiers: “well-capitalized”, “adequately capitalized”, “undercapitalized”, “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized”. A depository institution’s capital tier depends upon its capital levels in relation to various relevant capital measures, which, among others, include a Tier 1 and total risk-based capital measure and a leverage ratio capital measure. The Prompt Corrective Action rules were amended effective January 1, 2015 to incorporate changes under the Basel III Rule, including the CET1 requirements, and to raise capital requirements for certain categories. An insured financial institution is considered: ● “Well-capitalized” if it has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% or greater, a CET1 to risk-based capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, a Tier 1 to risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater and is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive; 23 FORM 10-K ● ● ● “Adequately capitalized” if it has it has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% or greater, a CET1 to risk-based capital ratio of 4.5% or greater, a Tier 1 to risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, and a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater; “Undercapitalized” if it has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 4%, a CET1 to risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.5%, a Tier 1 to risk-based capital ratio of less than 6% and a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%; “Significantly undercapitalized” if it has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 3%, a CET1 to risk-based capital ratio of less than 3%, a Tier 1 to risk-based capital ratio of less than 4%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%; and ● “Critically undercapitalized” if it has a tangible equity capital to total assets ratio equal to or less than 2%. The FDIC may, under certain circumstances, reclassify a well-capitalized insured depository institution as adequately capitalized. It is also permitted to require an adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution to comply with supervisory provisions as if the institution were in the next lower category (but not treat a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized) based on supervisory information other than the capital levels of the institution. An institution may be reclassified if the FDIC determines (after notice and opportunity for hearing) that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition or deems the institution to be engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice. Federal banking agencies are required to take prompt corrective action to resolve capital deficiencies at insured depository institutions. Failure to meet the capital guidelines could subject a bank to a variety of enforcement actions, including the issuance of a capital directive, prohibition on paying dividends or management fees, prohibition on accepting brokered deposits, and restrictions on paying bonuses or increasing compensation for executive officers. For critically undercapitalized institutions, a receiver may be appointed. The Bank met its minimum capital adequacy guidelines, and the Bank was categorized as “well-capitalized”, as of December 31, 2016. Applicable capital and ratio information is contained under the section titled “Regulatory Matters” in Note 1 to the “Notes of the Consolidated Financial Statements” in this report. Safety and Soundness Standards. The federal bank regulators have adopted guidelines to promote the safety and soundness of federally insured depository institutions. The guidelines set forth standards for internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest-rate-risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and benefits and other operational and managerial standards. The guidelines provide standards in each area and an institution must establish its own procedures to achieve such goals. If an institution fails to meet a standard, a regulator may require the institution to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. If an institution fails to submit an acceptable plan or fails to implement an accepted plan, an agency must, by order, require the institution to correct the deficiency. The agency may, and in some cases must, take other supervisory actions until the deficiency has been corrected. Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Des Moines, which is one of 11 regional FHLBs. The FHLB system’s primary purpose is to provide stable funding to member institutions that such institutions in turn use to make loans to families, farms and businesses. The FHLBs are overseen by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”). As a member, the Bank is required to purchase and maintain a minimum investment in the stock of the FHLB. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank was in compliance with this requirement. Dividend Limitations. The amount of dividends that the Bank may pay is subject to various regulatory limitations. Under federal law, an FDIC-insured institution may not pay dividends if it is undercapitalized or if payment would cause it to be undercapitalized. If the FDIC believes that a bank is engaged in, or about to engage in, an unsafe or unsound practice, the FDIC may require, after notice and hearing, that the bank cease and desist from that practice. In addition, under Missouri law, the Bank may pay dividends to the Company only from a portion of its undivided profits and may not pay dividends if its capital is impaired. Additionally, under Missouri statute, dividends paid by the Bank are restricted by a statutory formula, which provides for the maintenance of a surplus fund and prohibits the payment of dividends which would impair the surplus fund. 24 FORM 10-K Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Regulation. The Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) establishes the framework for anti-money laundering (“AML”) obligations imposed on U.S. financial institutions. The purpose of the BSA is to prevent banks and other financial services providers from being used as intermediaries for, or to hide the transfer or deposit of money derived from, drug trafficking, money laundering, and other crimes. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA Patriot Act”) amended the BSA and imposes a number of obligations on banks, including the requirement to implement policies, procedures and controls reasonably designed to detect and report instances of money laundering and terrorism financing. The USA Patriot Act also requires financial institutions to develop written customer identification programs. In addition, the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Controls (“OFAC”) administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions based on U.S. foreign policy and national security against entities such as targeted foreign countries and terrorists. Consumer Protection Laws. In connection with its banking activities, the Bank is subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect consumers in their transactions with banks. These laws include, but are not limited to, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (“ECOA”), Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”), Fair and Accurate Credit Transaction Act of 2003 (“FACTA”), Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”), Electronic Funds Transfer Act (“EFTA”), Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (“HMDA”), Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (“RESPA”), and Truth in Lending Act (“TILA”), and their various state counterparts. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices (“UDAAP”). Moreover, several federal laws, including GLBA, FCRA, and FACTA, regulate consumer financial privacy and restrict the sharing of consumer financial information. Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. Federal law imposes certain limitations on the ability of a bank to engage in “covered transactions” with affiliates. The Company is an affiliate of the Bank for purposes of these restrictions. The definition of “covered transactions,” which was expanded under the Dodd-Frank Act, includes extensions of credit to affiliates, investments in stock or other securities of affiliates, and acceptance of the stock or other securities of an affiliate as collateral for loans. Additionally, federal law prohibits institutions from engaging in certain transactions with affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same as, or at least as favorable to the Bank as, those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies. Federal law also restricts the Bank’s ability to extend credit to its executive officers, directors, principal shareholders, and their related interests, including that such credit extensions must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rate and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated third parties, and not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Transaction Account Reserve Requirements. The FRB requires insured depository institutions to maintain reserves against specified deposit liabilities. Reservable liabilities consist of net transaction accounts, non-personal time deposits, and Eurocurrency liabilities. For 2016, the first $15.2 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempt from the reserve requirements; the reserve requirement is 3% for net transaction accounts between $15.5 million and $110.2 million; and the reserve requirement is 10% for net transaction accounts in excess of $110.2 million. These reserve requirements are subject to annual adjustment. Commercial Real Estate Lending. The Bank may be subject to greater scrutiny from federal banking regulators based on its concentration of commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans. Federal regulators have issued guidance to address concerns about CRE concentrations and to provide expectations for managing a concentrated portfolio. The guidance includes development and construction loans for which repayment is dependent upon the sale of the property, as well as properties for which repayment is dependent upon rental income. Per the guidance, institutions that may have significant CRE concentration risk are those that have experienced rapid growth in CRE lending, have notable exposures to a specific type of CRE, or are approaching or exceed the following supervisory criteria: (i) total loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 100% or more of the institution’s total capital; or (ii) total CRE loans represent 300% or more of the institution’s total capital, and the outstanding balance of the institution’s CRE loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the prior 36 months. If a bank’s portfolio goes outside of these general guidelines, the bank must engage in heightened risk management practices. Residential Real Estate Lending. The CFPB has issued new rules implementing several Dodd-Frank requirements regarding residential mortgage lending. Lenders must assess a borrower’s ability to repay the mortgage-related obligation and must consider certain underwriting factors. Lenders also receive certain protections from liability if they make “qualified mortgages.” Additionally, new rules prohibit certain loan features, such as negative amortization, interest-only payment, balloon payments, and restrict points and fees paid by a borrower and prepayment penalties.” 25 FORM 10-K Volcker Rule. The Volcker Rule, issued by the federal banking and securities regulators pursuant to the Dodd- Frank Act, generally prohibits insured depository institutions and their affiliated companies from: (i) short-term proprietary trading in securities and other financial instruments; and (ii) sponsoring or acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in private equity and hedge funds, subject to certain exceptions. Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”), the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. As part of its examinations, the FDIC evaluates the Bank’s record in meeting these obligations. CRA ratings are also taken into account by regulators in evaluating applications for mergers, acquisitions, or to open a new branch or facility. Based on its most recent CRA compliance examinations, the Bank has received a “Satisfactory” CRA rating. Regulation of the Company General. The Company is a registered bank holding company subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (“BHCA”). The Company is required to file periodic reports of its operations with the FRB. Additionally, the Company is legally obligated to act as a source of strength to the Bank and to commit resources to support the Bank. Restrictions on Dividends and Stock Repurchases. The Company’s source of funds (including cash flow to pay dividends to stockholders) is dividends paid to it by the Bank. The right of the Company to receive dividends or other distributions from the Bank is subject to the prior claims of creditors of the Bank, including depositors, and applicable regulatory restrictions, including prior approval in certain situations. The amount of dividends that the Company may pay is subject to various regulatory limitations, including the requirement to maintain adequate capital. Financial institutions are generally prohibited from paying dividends if, following payment of dividends, the institution would be considered undercapitalized. Additionally, under the Basel III Rule, institutions seeking to pay dividends must maintain the required capital conservation buffer. Also, the FRB strongly encourages financial institutions to consult with the agency prior to paying dividends. The FRB has indicated that a board of directors should “eliminate, defer, or severely limit” dividends if: ● ● ● the bank holding company’s net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; the bank holding company’s rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with capital needs and overall macroeconomic outlook; or the bank holding company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. Banking regulators also have the authority to prohibit banks and bank holding companies from paying a dividend if such payment would be an unsafe or unsound practice. Generally, a bank holding company must notify the FRB prior to the purchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when aggregated with the net consideration paid for all such purchases during the preceding twelve months is equal to 10% or more of the bank holding company’s consolidated net worth. Prior approval may not be required if the bank holding company, among other things, will meet or exceed “well capitalized” thresholds both before and after the repurchase, is considered “well managed,” and is not subject to any unresolved supervisory issues. Additionally, bank holding companies are expected to consult with the FRB before redeeming or repurchasing stock if: ● the bank holding company is at “significant risk” of developing a financial weakness; ● the bank holding company is considering expansion (either acquisition or new activities); and ● if such redemption or repurchase will cause a net reduction in capital from the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurs. 26 FORM 10-K The FRB may disapprove of the purchase or redemption if it determines, among other things, that the proposal would constitute an unsafe or unsound business practice. Support of Banking Subsidiaries. Under FRB policy, the Company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to the Bank and, where required, to commit resources to support the Bank. Financial support from the Company may be required even when the Company might not otherwise be inclined to provide it. Moreover, if the Bank should become undercapitalized, the Company would be required to guarantee the Bank's compliance with its capital restoration plan in order for such plan to be accepted by the FDIC. Acquisitions, Activities, and Changes in Control. Under the BHCA, the Company must obtain the prior approval of the FRB before the Company may: (i) acquire substantially all the assets of a bank; (ii) acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank; or (iii) or merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company. The BHCA also restricts the Company’s ability to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of 5% or more of any class of voting shares of any nonbanking corporation. The FRB is required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned and the convenience and needs of the community to be served. Consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy. Consideration of convenience and needs includes the involved institutions’ performance under the CRA. The FRB may not approve a transaction if it would result in or tend to create a monopoly, substantially lessen competition, or otherwise function as a restraint of trade, unless the anti-competitive effects are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the needs and convenience of the community to be served. Additionally, FRB approval is required prior to any person or company acquiring “control” of a bank holding company. “Control” is conclusively presumed to exist if a person or company acquires 25% or more of the outstanding voting shares of a bank holding company. There is a rebuttable presumption of control if a person or company acquires more than 10% but less than 25% of any class of voting securities. Moreover, bank holding companies are generally prohibited from engaging in any business other than that of banking, managing, and controlling banks or furnishing services to banks and their subsidiaries, although bank holding companies are permitted to engage in activities that are determined to be “closely related to banking” and “a proper incident thereto.” Transactions with Affiliates. As discussed above, federal regulations restrict the extent to which the Company and its officers and directors may engage in certain “covered transactions” with the Bank, including borrowing or otherwise obtaining credit from or selling assets or securities to the Bank. Additionally, any transactions that are “covered transactions” with the Bank must be on nonpreferential terms. Federal Securities Regulation and Corporate Governance. The Company’s stock is registered with the SEC and, therefore, the Company is subject to SEC restrictions and requirements, including rules regarding information sharing, proxy solicitation, and insider trading. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”) addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. Per SOX, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) are required to certify that the quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The SEC’s rules regarding CEO and CFO certifications require these officers to certify, among others, that: (i) they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting; (ii) they have made certain disclosures to auditors and the audit committee of the board of directors; and (iii) they have included information in quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been changes in internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially affect internal control over financial reporting. The Dodd-Frank Act provides other investor protections, corporate governance, and executive compensation requirements that affect U.S. publicly traded companies. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act requires companies to give shareholders a non-binding vote approving executive compensation and “golden parachute” payments. Pursuant to the Dodd Frank Act, in July 2015, the SEC proposed a rule that companies whose securities are listed on national securities exchanges and associations (including the Company whose securities are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market) would be required to develop and enforce recovery policies that, in the event of an accounting restatement, would “claw back” from current and former executive officers incentive-based compensation they should not have received based on the restatement. Recovery would be required without regard to fault and without regard to whether any misconduct occurred in connection with or an 27 FORM 10-K executive officer’s responsibility for the erroneous misstatement. The proposed rules would also require disclosure of listed companies’ recovery policies, and their actions under those policies. The proposed rules are not yet final. Executive Officers of the Registrant Set forth below is information concerning the executive officers of the Company. Each executive officer is annually elected to a one-year term by the Board of Directors of the Company. Shaun A. Burke joined the Bank in March 2004 as President and Chief Executive Officer and was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company on February 28, 2005. He has over 30 years of banking experience. Mr. Burke received a Bachelor of Science Degree in Finance from Missouri State University and is a graduate of the Graduate School of Banking of Colorado. Mr. Burke currently serves on the board of the Missouri Bankers Association as Vice Chairman of the Legislative Affairs Committee and was previously Chairman of the Audit Committee. In 2014, he began a three-year term on the Community Bankers Council of the American Bankers Association. In March 2016 he was appointed to the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis’ Community Depository Institutions Advisory Council. From 2012 to 2014, he was a Board Member of the Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce serving as Vice Chairman of Economic Development in 2014. From 2009 through 2014, he was a Board Member of the Springfield Business Development Corporation, the economic development subsidiary of the Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce serving as President in 2012. He is also a past Member of the United Way Allocations and Agency Relations Executive Committee, Salvation Army Board, and Big Brothers Big Sisters Board. Carter Peters is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank and the Company. Mr. Peters has over 24 years of experience in the financial services and public accounting industries. Prior to joining the Company in August 2005, Mr. Peters served as the Chief Financial Officer of Southern Missouri Bank for approximately two years and was employed by BKD, LLP, a certified public accounting and advisory firm, for eleven years. He is a Certified Public Accountant with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from Missouri State University. He is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Missouri Society of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Peters has been recognized by the Springfield Business Journal as a “40 Under 40” honoree. He has served several not-for-profit organizations, including past Chairman of the Southwest Missouri Regional Board of the Make-A-Wish Foundation of Missouri. H. Charley Puls is Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank. He joined the Bank and the Company in June 2016. Mr. Puls has over 24 years of experience in the banking industry. Prior to joining the Company Mr. Puls served as Senior Vice President, Market President in Southeast Missouri for Regions Bank. Before that, he was Senior Vice President, Relationship Manager for Regions Bank, Union Planters Bank, and Capital Bank & Trust in the St. Louis market. He is a board member and active volunteer for the American Red Cross and is a graduate of the University of Missouri – St. Louis. Sheri Biser is Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank. She joined the Bank in February 2009. Ms. Biser has 30 years of banking experience. Prior to joining the Bank, Ms. Biser served as Chief Credit Officer of Metropolitan National Bank for nearly eight years and worked in credit administration for fourteen years at another financial institution. She received a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from Fort Hays State University. Robin E. Robeson is Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank. She joined the Bank in July 2012. Ms. Robeson has over 25 years of experience in the financial services industry and 3 years of executive management experience in the technology industry. She has a Bachelor of Art Degree in Communication from the University of Missouri-Columbia and a Master of Business Administration Degree from Drury University. In addition, Ms. Robeson was awarded the Certified Trust & Financial Advisor (CTFA) professional designation from the Institute of Certified Bankers. She currently serves on the Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce Board of Directors and is a member of the Executive Advisory Council for the Missouri State University College of Business. She previously served as board Vice Chairman for City Utilities of Springfield, as Past President of the Big Brothers/Big Sisters of the Ozarks and Rotary Club of Springfield boards and as a member of the Ozarks Transportation Organization board. She is a graduate of Leadership Springfield Class XIII, and has been recognized by the Springfield Business Journal as one of the “20 Most Influential Women in Business” and been named a “40 Under 40” honoree. As of December 31, 2016, the age of these individuals was 53 for Mr. Burke, 47 for Mr. Peters, 57 for Mr. Puls, 53 for Ms. Biser and 50 for Ms. Robeson. 28 FORM 10-K Item 1A. Risk Factors Our business and operations are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, certain risks and uncertainties. An investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent in our business. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included and incorporated by reference in this report. In addition to the risks and uncertainties described below, other risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The value or market price of our common stock could decline due to any of these identified or other risks, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Our business is concentrated in and largely dependent upon the continued growth and welfare of the general geographical markets in which we operate. Our operations are heavily concentrated in Greene County and Christian County, which are in the southwestern corner of Missouri, including the cities of Springfield, Nixa and Ozark, Missouri (our “Market Area”). Our success depends to a significant extent upon the business activity, population, income levels, deposits and real estate activity in these markets. Although our customers' business and financial interests may extend well beyond these market areas, adverse economic conditions that affect these market areas could reduce our growth rate, affect the ability of our customers to repay their loans to us, affect the value of collateral underlying loans and generally affect our financial condition and results of operations. Because of our geographic concentration, we are less able than other regional or national financial institutions to diversify our credit risks across multiple markets. Our loan/lease portfolio possesses increased risk due to our relatively high concentration of real estate loans, which involve risks specific to real estate values. Real estate lending comprises a significant portion of our lending business. Real estate loans were $448.0 million, or approximately 82% of our total loan/lease portfolio, as of December 31, 2016. The market value of real estate securing our real estate loans can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time as a result of market conditions in our Market Area which is where most of the real estate on which our real estate loans are made is located. Adverse developments affecting real estate values in our Market Area could increase the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio. Additionally, real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of the loans generally is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the properties securing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service. Economic events or governmental regulations outside of our control or that of our borrowers could negatively impact the future cash flow and market values of the affected properties impairing the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans which could materially and adversely affect the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations depending on the severity of the economic downturn or the nature of the regulatory changes. Deterioration in asset quality could have an adverse impact on our business. A significant source of risk for us arises from the possibility that losses will be sustained because borrowers, guarantors and related parties may fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans. With respect to secured loans, the collateral securing the repayment of these loans includes a wide variety of diverse real and personal property that may be affected by changes in prevailing economic, environmental and other conditions, including declines in the value of real estate, changes in interest rates, changes in monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government, environmental contamination (as discussed in more detail below) and other external events. In addition, decreases in real estate values due to the nature of the Bank’s loan portfolio (discussed above) could affect the ability of customers to repay their loans. The Bank’s loan policies and procedures may not prevent unexpected losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation or liquidity. 29 FORM 10-K We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with real estate collateral securing our loans. A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. Under certain circumstances, we may take title to the real property collateral through foreclosure or other means. As the titleholder of the property, we may be responsible for environmental risks, such as hazardous materials, which attach to the property. For these reasons, prior to extending credit, we conduct an environmental review to identify any known environmental risks associated with the real property that will secure our loans. In addition, we routinely inspect properties prior to foreclosing. If environmental risks are found, environmental laws and regulations may prescribe our approach to remediation. As a result, while we have ownership of a property, we may incur substantial expense and bear potential liability for any damages caused. The environmental risks may also materially reduce the property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the property. We also cannot guarantee that our environmental review will detect all environmental issues relating to a property, which could subject us to additional liability. Our loan portfolio possesses increased risk due to the percentage of commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans. Our loan portfolio includes a significant amount of commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans. The credit risk related to these types of loans is considered to be greater than the risk related to owner-occupied residential real estate loans or consumer loans because commercial loans often have larger balances, and repayment usually depends on the borrowers’ successful business operations. The underlying commercial real estate values, customer cash flow and payment expectations on such loans can be more easily influenced by adverse conditions in the related industries, the real estate market or in the economy in general. Any significant deterioration in the credit quality of the commercial loan portfolio or underlying collateral values would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation. Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking industry. We face competition in attracting and retaining deposits, making loans, and providing other financial services throughout our market area. Our competitors include other community banks, regional and super-regional banking institutions, national banking institutions, and a wide range of other financial institutions such as credit unions, government- sponsored enterprises, mutual fund companies, insurance companies, brokerage companies, and other non-bank businesses. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources than we do and some are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as we are. Many of our competitors compete across geographic boundaries and are able to provide customers with a feasible alternative to traditional banking services. As we try to meet our competitors’ terms and pricing, increased competition in our markets may result in: ● ● ● ● interest rate changes to various types of accounts; a decrease in the amounts of our loans and deposits; reduced spreads between loan rates and deposit rates; or loan terms that are more favorable to the borrower and less favorable to the Bank. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our ability to grow and remain profitable. If increased competition causes us to significantly discount the interest rates we offer on loans or increase the amount we pay on deposits, our net interest income could be adversely impacted. Our operations are concentrated in one subsidiary bank; an event or a series of events having a material adverse impact on the financial condition and results of operations of the Bank would have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operation and, accordingly, on your investment in us. As a holding company with only one subsidiary bank, our investment risk is concentrated in just one primary operating asset in a relatively small geographic location. A substantial portion of our cash flow comes from dividends paid directly to us by the Bank. If and to the extent our Bank is not successful or an event were to occur that prevents it or hinders it from operating effectively, our financial condition and results of operation could be materially and adversely impacted. Larger bank holding companies with more subsidiary banks or bank facilities and which are more geographically dispersed are not as susceptible to the concentrated risks we are if one of their subsidiary banks or facilities was not able to operate effectively. 30 FORM 10-K Cybersecurity threats and privacy breaches could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other liabilities. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our computer equipment not only against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, but also from security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in our operations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Our communication and information systems may present security risks due to susceptibility of digitally stored information to hacking or identity theft. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us. This could also result in damage to our reputation or a loss of confidence in the security of our systems and products. Our information security risks have increased recently in part because of new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunication technologies (including mobile devices) to conduct financial and other business transactions and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, perpetrators of fraud, hackers, terrorists, and others. While we have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of systems failures and interruptions, there can be no assurance that such events will not occur or that they will be adequately addressed if they do. In addition, with the help of third-party service providers, we intend to continue to implement security technology and establish operational procedures to prevent such damage. Nevertheless, we may not be able to anticipate or implement effective preventative measures against all security breaches of these types, especially because the techniques used change frequently and because attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources. In addition, our security measures may not be able to detect all cyber threats and therefore there is a risk that data breaches may go undetected for extended periods of time. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business. We are dependent upon outside third parties for processing and handling of our records and data. We rely on third party vendors for a substantial portion of our communications, record retention, operations and financial control systems technology. While we place a high priority on reliability and competency in our selection of third party vendors, we do not control their actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their not providing us their services for any reason or their performing their services poorly, could materially and adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers or otherwise conduct our business efficiently and effectively. Replacing these third party vendors could also entail significant delay and expense. In addition to issues with the services provided by third parties, the vendors we use are also subject to the same cybersecurity risks discussed above. Although we conduct a review of third party vendors prior to contracting with them, we cannot control the security of their systems. Therefore, in addition to cybersecurity threats against us, we are also at risk if our third parties vendors are unable to adequately protect our information. If our data was accessed through information provided to a third party vendor, we could face significant legal and financial exposure and damage to our reputation. We continually encounter technological change, and we cannot predict how changes in technology will affect our business. The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements than we do. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology- driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse effect on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations. 31 FORM 10-K Rapidly changing interest rate environments could reduce our net interest margin and otherwise negatively impact our results of operations. Interest and fees on loans and securities, net of interest paid on deposits and borrowings, are a large part of our net income. Interest rates are the key drivers of our net interest margin and are subject to many factors beyond the control of management. As interest rates change, our net interest income is affected. Rapid increases in interest rates in the future could result in our interest expense increasing faster than interest income because of mismatches in the maturities of our assets and liabilities. Furthermore, substantially higher rates generally reduce loan demand and may result in slower loan growth for us. Decreases or increases in interest rates could have a negative effect on the spreads between our interest rates earned on assets and our rates of interest paid on liabilities, and therefore decrease our net interest income, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation. Interest rate changes may affect borrowers’ repayment schedules, negatively impacting our financial condition. Interest rate increases often result in larger payment requirements for our borrowers, which increase the potential for default. At the same time, the marketability of underlying collateral may be adversely affected by any reduced demand resulting from higher interest rates. In a declining interest rate environment, there may be an increase in prepayments on certain of our loans as borrowers refinance at lower rates. Fluctuation in interest rates may therefore change borrowers’ timing of repayment of, or ability to repay loans, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition. Changes in interest rates could negatively impact our nonperforming assets, decreasing net interest income. Changes in interest rates also can affect the value of loans. An increase in interest rates that adversely affects the ability of borrowers to pay the principal or interest on loans may lead to an increase in our nonperforming assets and a reduction of income recognized, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. Further, when we place a loan on nonaccrual status, we reverse any accrued but unpaid interest receivable, which decreases interest income. Subsequently, we continue to have a cost to fund the loan, which is reflected as interest expense, without any interest income to offset the associated funding expense. Thus, an increase in the amount of nonperforming assets resulting from changes in interest rates would have an adverse impact on net interest income, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation. The financial condition of the Bank’s customers and borrowers could adversely affect the Bank’s liquidity. Two of the Bank’s primary sources of funds are loan repayments and customer deposits. Though scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of liquidity, they are subject to the borrowers’ ability to repay their loans. The ability of the borrowers to repay their loans can be adversely affected by a number of factors, including changes in the economic conditions, adverse trends or events affecting the business environment, natural disasters and various other factors. Customer deposit levels may also be affected by a number of factors, including the competitive interest rate environment in both the national market and our Market Area, local and national economic conditions, natural disasters and other various events. The inability of borrowers to repay their loans or a decline in customer deposits would, depending on the extent of the loan defaults or decline in customer deposits, materially and adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition. Liquidity needs could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Adequate liquidity is critical in our ability to meet the needs of our customers. An inability to access funding through customer deposits, available borrowings, sales of loans or investments could have an adverse effect on our liquidity. Furthermore, regional and community banks, including the Bank, generally have less access to the capital markets, than do the national and super-regional banks because of their smaller size and limited analyst coverage. Any significant decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability in the future to originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, pay dividends to our stockholders, or fulfill obligations such as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, business, results of operations and financial condition. 32 FORM 10-K A decrease in cash flows from our investment portfolio may adversely affect our liquidity. Another primary source of liquidity for the Bank is cash flows from investment securities. Cash flows from the investment portfolio may be affected by changes in interest rates, resulting in excessive levels of cash flow during periods of declining interest rates and lower levels of cash flow during periods of rising interest rates. These changes may be beyond our control and could significantly influence our available cash. If we are required to rely on secondary sources of liquidity, those sources may not be immediately available. We may be required from time to time to rely on secondary sources of liquidity to meet withdrawal demands or otherwise fund operations. Such sources include the FHLB advances, brokered deposits and federal funds lines of credit from correspondent banks. Our ability to borrow could be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as severe disruption of the financial markets or negative publicity about the financial services industry as a whole. We may also be required to pledge investments as collateral to borrow money from third parties. In certain cases, we may be required to sell investment instruments for sizable losses to meet liquidity needs, thereby reducing interest income and resultantly net income. While we believe that we are currently sufficiently liquid, there can be no assurance we will not in the future be required to turn to these secondary sources of liquidity which may not be available or only at costs that could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operation. Inability to hire or retain certain key professionals, management and staff could adversely affect our revenues, net income and growth plans. Our performance is largely dependent on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals and their ability to attract and retain customer relationships in a community bank environment. We rely on key personnel to manage and operate our business, including major revenue generating functions such as our loan and deposit portfolios. None of our employees, including those who comprise our key management team, are subject to employment contracts with us. Such employees are at-will and thus are not restricted from terminating their employment. The lack of employment contracts with key employees could have a material adverse impact on our ability to retain such employees. The loss of key management or our key loan officers with their contacts in the business communities within our Market Area may adversely affect our ability to maintain and manage these portfolios effectively, which could negatively affect our revenues. If we do struggle with employee retention, our success may also be impacted if we are unable to recruit replacement management and key employees in a reasonable amount of time. There is intense competition in the financial services industry for qualified employees. In addition, loss of key personnel could result in increased recruiting, hiring, and training expenses, resulting in lower net income. We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud. Employee errors and employee and customer misconduct could subject us to financial losses, regulatory sanctions, lawsuits and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our customers, or improper use of confidential information. We maintain a system of internal controls and insurance coverage to mitigate against operational risks. However, if our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, such failures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are subject to extensive regulation that may significantly affect our operations or earnings. We are subject to significant federal and state regulation and supervision, as discussed in more detail below, which is primarily for the benefit and protection of the Bank’s customers and not for the benefit of investors. As a result, various statutory provisions restrict the amount of dividends our Bank subsidiary can pay to us without regulatory approval. Our regulatory compliance is costly. We are subject to examination, supervision, and comprehensive regulation by various agencies, including the FRB, the MDF and FDIC. These regulators have broad discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities. We are also subject to capitalization guidelines established by our regulators, as discussed below, which require that we and the Bank maintain adequate capital to support our growth and the Bank’s growth. To the extent our activities and/or the Bank’s activities are restricted or limited by regulation or regulators’ supervisory authority, our future profitability may be adversely affected. 33 FORM 10-K Changes in federal or state regulation may increase our costs. The laws, regulations, policies, and interpretations that govern our industry are constantly evolving and may change significantly over time. The Dodd-Frank Act reshaped regulation of banking institutions and the numerous requirements stemming from the Dodd-Frank Act have resulted in increased compliance costs for institutions both large and small, including us and the Bank. As these regulations continue to be implemented, interpreted, and enforced, our compliance must evolve as well. The CFPB has shown that it is a proactive agency and we anticipate that the CFPB will continue to expand its supervisory and enforcement authority into new areas and to issue new rules and guidance. We cannot predict the nature or effect of current or proposed legislative or regulatory changes on us or the Bank with any certainty. Changes in laws or regulations could impact our business practices and profitability. We also cannot predict the cost of new compliance that may be required to keep pace with industry regulatory changes. Decreases in capital and changes to the formulas for calculating adequate capital may negatively impact us or result in increased regulatory supervision. Federal rules require banking institutions to maintain an adequate level of regulatory capital (net assets available to absorb losses). Due to the risks associated with the industry, banking institutions are generally required to hold more capital than other businesses. Revised minimum capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III Rule became effective for us and the Bank on January 1, 2015, with additional requirements, such as the capital conservation buffer (discussed below), to be phased in over the next few years. The new requirements change the definition of capital, increase minimum required risk- based capital ratios, and increase the risk-weights for certain assets. Cumulatively, the Basel III Rule is more stringent than prior requirements and requires financial institutions to hold more and better capital against their assets, decreasing the size of their balance sheets. Although the impact on us has been minimal to date, we cannot guarantee that will continue. Financial institutions must maintain a 2.5% capital conservation buffer comprised of CET1 Capital above the minimum risk-based capital requirements. The buffer must be maintained in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. If we or the Bank dip below the capital conservation buffer, we or the Bank could be subject to increasingly strict limitations on capital distributions and bonus payments. Federal law provides regulators with broad powers to take "prompt corrective action" to resolve capital deficiencies at insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. There are five capital tiers: "well capitalized," "critically undercapitalized." As an institution’s capital levels deteriorates and it falls below the “well capitalized” threshold, such institution faces increasing penalties. Regulator’s corrective powers include, but are not limited to: "undercapitalized," undercapitalized" "significantly capitalized," "adequately and requiring a waiver to accept brokered deposits; requiring submission of a capital plan; limiting growth or restricting activities; requiring the issuance of additional capital stock; restricting transactions with affiliates; ● ● ● ● ● ● prohibiting executive bonuses or raises; ● prohibiting the payment of subordinated debt; and ● appointing a receiver. Accordingly, we and the Bank could be subject to regulatory penalties and restrictions if capital falls below certain minimum thresholds. Management’s analysis of the necessary funding for the allowance for loan loss account may be incorrect or may suddenly change resulting in lower earnings. The funding of the allowance for loan loss account is the most significant estimate made by management in its financial reporting to stockholders and regulators. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which are subject to material changes. 34 FORM 10-K Although management believes that the allowance for loan/lease losses as of December 31, 2016 was adequate to absorb losses on any existing loans/leases that may become uncollectible, we cannot predict loan losses with certainty, and we cannot assure you that our allowance for loan losses will prove sufficient to cover actual loan losses in the future, particularly if economic conditions are more difficult than management currently expects. If negative changes to the performance of our loan portfolio were to occur, management may find it necessary to or be required to fund the allowance for loan loss account through additional charges to our provision for loan loss expense. These changes may occur suddenly and be dramatic in nature. Additional provisions to the allowance for loan losses and loan losses in excess of said allowance may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, including economic conditions specifically in our Market Area, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the Federal Reserve to implement these objectives are open market operations in U.S. government securities, adjustments of the discount rate and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. The effects of the monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve upon our business, financial condition and results of operations in the future cannot be predicted, but have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks, including our Bank, in the past. Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our stockholders. Provisions in our governing documents, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and federal regulations could delay or prevent a third party from acquiring us, despite the possible benefit to our stockholders. These provisions include, but are not limited to: ● ● a prohibition on voting shares of common stock beneficially owned in excess of 10% of total shares outstanding without prior Board approval; supermajority voting requirements for certain business combinations with any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of our outstanding common stock; ● the election of directors to staggered terms of three years; ● advance notice requirements for director nominations and for proposing matters that stockholders may act on at stockholder meetings; ● a requirement that only directors may fill a vacancy in our Board of Directors; and ● supermajority voting requirements to remove any of our directors. In addition, because we are a bank holding company, purchasers of 10% or more of our common stock may be required to obtain approvals under the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended, or the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), and in certain cases such approvals may be required at a lesser percentage of ownership. These provisions may discourage potential takeover attempts, discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over market price or adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for holders of our common stock to elect directors other than the candidates nominated by our Board of Directors. 35 FORM 10-K There are restrictions on our ability to pay dividends on and repurchase our common stock. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors. Our ability to pay dividends is limited by Delaware law, as well as regulatory restrictions and the need to maintain sufficient consolidated capital. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends to us is limited by its obligation to maintain sufficient capital and liquidity and by other general restrictions on dividends that are applicable to the Bank. If current or any future regulatory requirements are not met, the Bank will not be able to pay dividends to us, and we may be unable to pay dividends on our common stock. The DGCL provides that dividends by a Delaware corporation may be paid only from: (1) “surplus” determined in the manner described in the DGCL, or (2) in case there is no “surplus,” net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. Dividends paid from the second source may not be paid unless the capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets at current market value is intact. Moreover, as a bank holding company, our ability to declare and pay dividends is subject to the guidelines of the Federal Reserve regarding capital adequacy and dividends. The Federal Reserve guidelines generally require us to review the effects of the cash payment of dividends on common stock and other Tier 1 capital instruments (i.e., perpetual preferred stock and trust preferred debt) in light of our earnings, capital adequacy and financial condition. As a general matter, the Federal Reserve indicates that the Board of Directors of a bank holding company should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce the dividends if: ● ● the company’s net income available to stockholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; the prospective rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or ● the company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. In the future, if we default on certain of our outstanding debts, we will be prohibited from making dividend payments on our common stock until such payments have been brought current. Failure to pay interest on our debt may adversely impact our ability to pay common stock dividends. As of December 31, 2016, we had $15.5 million of junior subordinated debentures held by two Trusts. Interest payments on the Company’s existing debentures, which totaled $579,000 for 2016, must be paid before the Company can pay dividends on its capital stock, including its common stock. The Company has the right to defer interest payments on the debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarters. However, if it elects to defer interest payments, all deferred interest must be paid before the Company can pay dividends on its capital stock. Although the Company expects to be able to pay all required interest on the junior subordinated debentures, there is no guarantee that it will be able to do so. There is a limited trading market for our common stock, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you paid for them. Although our common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Market, it has a low average daily trading volume relative to many other stocks whose shares are also quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the market of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control. We cannot assure you that the volume of trading in our common stock will increase in the future. 36 FORM 10-K Additionally, general market forces may have a negative effect on our stock price, independent of factors affecting our stock specifically. Factors beyond our control, including price and trading fluctuation, can significantly influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. These conditions may result in (i) volatility in the level of, and fluctuations in, the market prices of stocks generally and, in turn, our common stock and (ii) sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the market, in each case that could be unrelated or disproportionate to changes in our operating performance. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market value of our common stock. The soundness of other financial institutions could negatively affect our business. Our ability to engage in routine funding and other transactions could be negatively affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions, including the Bank, are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. Defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and losses of depositor, creditor and counterparty confidence and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. We could experience increases in deposits and assets as a result of the difficulties or failures of other banks, which would increase the capital we need to support our growth. There can be no assurance that we could raise the necessary capital to support our growth or on terms satisfactory to us. We face legal risks, both from regulatory investigations and proceedings and from private actions brought against us. We could in the future become subject to lawsuits or regulatory proceedings challenging the legality of our lending or business practices. Future actions against us may result in judgments, settlements, fines, penalties or other results adverse to us, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, or cause serious reputational harm to us. As a participant in the financial services industry, we are exposed to a high level of potential litigation related to our businesses and operations. Although we maintain insurance, the scope of this coverage may not provide us with full, or even partial, coverage in any particular case. Our businesses and operations are also subject to increasing regulatory oversight and scrutiny, which may lead to additional regulatory investigations or enforcement actions. These and other initiatives from federal and state officials may subject us to further judgments, settlements, fines or penalties, or cause us to be required to restructure our operations and activities, all of which could lead to reputational issues, or higher operational costs, thereby reducing our revenue. Our reputation could be damaged by negative publicity. Reputational risk, or the risk to us from negative publicity, is inherent in our business. Negative publicity can result from actual or alleged conduct in a number of areas, including legal and regulatory compliance, lending practices, corporate governance, litigation, inadequate protection of customer data, ethical behavior of our employees, and from actions taken by regulators, ratings agencies and others as a result of that conduct. Damage to our reputation could impact our ability to attract new or maintain existing loan and deposit customers, employees and business relationships. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments, which are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty and which may differ from actual results. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and general reporting practices within the U.S. financial services industry, which require us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Some accounting policies, such as those pertaining to our allowance for loan losses, require the application of significant judgment by management in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these estimates and judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty and actual results may differ from these estimates and judgments under different assumptions or conditions. If actual results vary significantly, there may be a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations in subsequent periods. 37 FORM 10-K Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments Not applicable. Item 2. Properties The following table sets forth certain information concerning the Bank’s facilities as of December 31, 2016. All buildings owned are free of encumbrances or mortgages. The Bank’s facilities are well maintained and considered adequate for the foreseeable future. Location Main Office Year Opened Owned or Leased Lease Expiration (Including any renewal options) 1341 W Battlefield Road ................... Springfield, Missouri 65807 1995 Owned N/A Operations Center 1414 W Elfindale .............................. Springfield, Missouri 65807 2009 Owned N/A Banking Center Offices 1510 E Sunshine ................................ Springfield, Missouri 65804 1979 Owned 2109 N Glenstone .............................. Springfield, Missouri 65803 1987 Owned 4343 S National ................................. Springfield, Missouri 65810 2000 Owned 1905 W Kearney ............................... Springfield, Missouri 65803 2004 Leased* 2155 W Republic Road ..................... Springfield, Missouri 65807 2006 Leased* 709 W Mt. Vernon ............................ Nixa, Missouri 65714 291 East Hwy CC .............................. Nixa, Missouri 65714 1701 W State Hwy J .......................... Ozark, Missouri 65721 2005 2008 2008 Leased* Leased* Owned Loan Production Offices 1100 Spur Dr. .................................... Marshfield, Missouri 65706 2007 Leased 2639 E 32nd St, Suite R .................... Joplin, Missouri 65804 2016 Leased * Building owned with land leased. N/A N/A N/A 2044 2046 2044 2038 N/A 2017 2017 38 FORM 10-K Item 3. Legal Proceedings (a) Material Legal Proceedings The Company and the Bank, from time to time, may be parties to ordinary routine litigation, which arises in the normal course of business, such as claims to enforce liens, and condemnation proceedings, on properties in which the Bank holds security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans, and other issues incident to the business of the Company and the Bank. While the ultimate outcome of such legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, after reviewing pending and threatened litigation with legal counsel, management believes at this time that the outcome of any such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations. (b) Proceedings Terminated During the Last Quarter of the Fiscal Year Covered by This Report Not applicable. Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures Not applicable. 39 FORM 10-K PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Market Information The common stock of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) is listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “GFED”. Shareholders As of March 15, 2017, there were approximately 1,406 holders of shares of the Company’s common stock. At that date the Company had 6,875,503 shares of common stock issued and 4,421,275 shares of common stock outstanding. Dividends and Common Stock Prices The table below sets forth the cash dividends per share on the Company’s common stock for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Year ended December 31, 2016 Year ended December 31, 2015 Declared Paid Dividend Per Share Declared Paid Dividend Per Share Quarter ended: 3/24/2016 March 31 .......... 6/23/2016 June 30 ............. September 30 ... 9/29/2016 December 31 .... 12/22/2016 4/14/2016 7/5/2016 10/20/2016 1/13/2017 $ $ $ $ 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.10 3/26/2015 6/25/2015 9/24/2015 12/23/2015 4/16/2015 7/16/2015 10/15/2015 1/15/2016 $ $ $ $ 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.08 Any future dividends will be at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, the Company’s results of operations, cash requirements and surplus, financial condition, regulatory limitations and other factors that the Company’s Board of Directors may consider relevant. The table below reflects the range of common stock high and low sale prices per the NASDAQ Global Market by quarter for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Year ended December 31, 2016 Year ended December 31, 2015 High Low High Low Quarter ended: March 31 ................................................... $ June 30 ...................................................... September 30 ............................................ December 31 ............................................. 15.57 $ 16.18 16.90 21.20 14.80 $ 14.98 16.00 16.30 15.25 $ 15.20 15.20 15.25 13.02 14.30 14.15 14.30 40 FORM 10-K Financial Performance Set forth below is a stock performance graph comparing the cumulative total shareholder return on the Common Stock with (a) the cumulative total stockholder return on stocks included in The Nasdaq – Total U.S. Index (b) the cumulative total stockholder return on stocks included in The NASDAQ Bank Index and (c) the cumulative total stockholder return on stocks included in the SNL U.S. Bank NASDAQ. All three investment comparisons assume the investment of $100 as of the close of business on December 31, 2011 and the hypothetical value of that investment as of the Company’s fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, and 2016, assuming that all dividends were reinvested. The graph reflects the historical performance of the Common Stock, and, as a result, may not be indicative of possible future performance of the Common Stock. The data used to compile this graph was obtained from NASDAQ. Index Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. ... NASDAQ - Total US ....................... NASDAQ Bank Index ...................... SNL U.S. Bank NASDAQ ............... 12/31/11 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 12/31/12 120.88 117.45 118.69 119.19 12/31/13 192.96 164.57 168.21 171.31 12/31/14 233.80 188.84 176.48 177.42 12/31/15 274.96 201.98 192.08 191.53 12/31/16 389.55 219.89 265.02 265.56 Period Ending As a result of a change in the total return data made available to us through our vendor provider, our performance graphs going forward will be using an index provided by NASDAQ OMX Global Indexes which is comparable to the NASDAQ Bank Stock Index. Please note, information for the NASDAQ Bank Stock Index is provided only from December 31, 2011 through December 31, 2016, the last day this data was available by our third-party provider. Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans With respect to the equity compensation plan information required by this item, see “Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” in this report. 41 FORM 10-K Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities The following table summarizes the repurchase activity of the Company’s Common Stock during the Company’s fourth quarter ended December 31, 2016. Period (a) Total Number of Shares Purchased (b) Average Price Paid per Share (c) Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (1) (d) Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs October 1, 2016 to October 31, 2016 November 1, 2016 to November 30, 2016 December 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016 Total - 22,000 - 22,000 $ - 16.89 - 16.89 - 22,000 - 22,000 174,548 152,548 152,548 (1) The Company has a repurchase plan which was announced on August 20, 2007. This plan authorizes the purchase by the Company of up to 350,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. There is no expiration date for this plan. There are no other repurchase plans in effect at this time. 42 FORM 10-K Item 6. Selected Financial Data The following tables include certain information concerning the financial position and results of operations of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (including consolidated data from operations of Guaranty Bank) as of the dates indicated. Dollar amounts are expressed in thousands except per share. Summary Balance Sheets 2016 2015 As of December 31, 2014 2013 ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents ................................... $ Investments and interest-bearing deposits ........... Loans receivable, net ........................................... Accrued interest receivable ................................. Prepaids and other assets ..................................... Foreclosed assets ................................................. Premises and equipment, net ............................... Bank owned life insurance .................................. $ LIABILITIES Deposits ............................................................... $ Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank advances ................................................. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase .. Subordinated debentures ..................................... Other liabilities .................................................... 9,088 $ 18,774 $ 92,427 97,336 540,457 492,905 1,947 1,987 11,234 10,121 2,682 2,392 10,871 10,540 18,780 19,273 687,979 $ 652,835 $ 12,494 $ 86,529 487,801 2,030 11,421 3,165 10,603 14,417 628,460 $ 12,303 $ 97,772 465,003 1,853 14,204 3,822 10,887 14,044 619,888 $ 2012 41,663 102,162 468,376 2,055 16,703 4,530 11,286 13,657 660,432 505,363 $ 517,386 $ 479,818 $ 487,319 $ 500,015 95,700 - 15,465 1,477 618,005 52,100 - 15,465 1,462 586,413 60,350 10,000 15,465 1,350 566,983 55,350 10,000 15,465 1,399 569,533 68,050 25,000 15,465 1,034 609,564 STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ............................. $ 69,974 66,422 687,979 $ 652,835 $ 61,477 628,460 $ 50,355 619,888 $ 50,868 660,432 Supplemental Data 2016 2015 As of December 31, 2014 2013 Number of full-service offices ............................ Cash dividends per common share ...................... $ 9 0.34 $ 9 0.23 $ 9 0.15 $ 2012 9 - $ 9 - Summary Statements of Income 2016 Years ended December 31, 2014 2013 2015 Interest income .................................................... $ Interest expense ................................................... Net interest income ............................................. Provision for loan losses ..................................... Net interest income after provision for loan losses ............................................................... Noninterest income ............................................. Noninterest expense ............................................ Income before income taxes ................................ Provision for income taxes .................................. 25,389 $ 4,177 21,212 1,375 19,837 4,870 17,100 7,607 2,013 25,190 $ 4,280 20,910 600 20,310 4,478 16,610 8,178 2,461 25,014 $ 4,329 20,685 1,275 19,410 3,350 14,865 7,895 2,113 25,855 $ 5,097 20,758 1,550 19,208 5,319 16,771 7,756 2,516 2012 27,606 6,858 20,748 5,950 14,798 3,256 15,355 2,699 755 Net income .......................................................... $ Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion .......................................................... Net income available to common shareholders ... $ 5,594 $ 5,717 $ 5,782 $ 5,240 $ 1,944 - 5,594 $ - 5,717 $ 357 5,425 $ 795 4,445 $ 1,077 867 Basic income per common share ......................... $ Diluted income per common share ...................... $ 1.28 $ 1.27 $ 1.32 $ 1.30 $ 1.35 $ 1.33 $ 1.63 $ 1.58 $ 0.32 0.30 43 FORM 10-K Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations GENERAL Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation organized on December 30, 1997 that operates as a one-bank holding company. Guaranty Bank (the “Bank”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The primary activity of the Company is to oversee its investment in the Bank. The Company engages in few other activities, and the Company has no significant assets other than its investment in the Bank. For this reason, unless otherwise specified, references to the Company include the operations of the Bank. The Company’s principal business consists of attracting deposits from the general public and using such deposits to originate multi-family, construction and commercial real estate loans, mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residences, and consumer and business loans. The Company also uses these funds to purchase government sponsored mortgage-backed securities, US government and agency obligations, and other permissible securities. When cash outflows exceed inflows, the Company uses borrowings and brokered deposits as additional financing sources. The Company derives revenues principally from interest earned on loans and investments and, to a lesser extent, from fees charged for services. General economic conditions and policies of the financial institution regulatory agencies, including the MDF and the FDIC, significantly influence the Company’s operations. Interest rates on competing investments and general market interest rates influence the Company’s cost of funds. Lending activities are affected by the interest rates at which such financing may be offered. The Company intends to focus on commercial, one- to four-family residential and consumer lending throughout southwestern Missouri. The Company has two active wholly-owned subsidiaries other than the Bank, its principal subsidiary: (i) Guaranty Statutory Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust; and (ii) Guaranty Statutory Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust and a third inactive subsidiary. These Trusts were formed in December 2005 for the exclusive purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to acquire junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company. The Company’s banking operation conducted through the Bank is the Company’s only reportable segment. See also the discussion contained in the section captioned “Segment Information” in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this report. The third subsidiary is a service corporation which has been inactive since February 1, 2003. FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS The Company may from time to time make written or oral "forward-looking statements", including statements contained in the company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (including this Annual Report on Form 10- K and the exhibits thereto), in its reports to stockholders and in other communications by the Company, which are made in good faith by the Company pursuant to the "safe harbor" provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, words such as “anticipates,” “estimates,” “believes,” “expects,” and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of the Company's plans, objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions that are subject to change based on various important factors (some of which are beyond the Company's control). The following factors, among others, could cause the Company's financial performance to differ materially from the plans, objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions expressed in such forward- looking statements: the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the real estate values and the local economies in which the Company conducts operations; the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, changes in interest rates; the timely development of and acceptance of new products and services of the company and the perceived overall value of these products and services by users, including the features, pricing and quality compared to competitors' products and services; the impact of changes in financial services' laws and regulations (including laws concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance); asset quality deterioration; environmental liability associated with real estate collateral; technological changes and cybersecurity risks; acquisitions; employee retention; the success of the Company at managing the risks resulting from these factors; and other factors set forth in reports and other documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. For further information about these and other risks, uncertainties and factors, please review the disclosure included in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K. 44 FORM 10-K The Company cautions that the listed factors are not exclusive. The Company does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the Company. FINANCIAL CONDITION From December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016, the Company’s total assets increased $35,144,747 (5%) to $687,979,819, liabilities increased $31,592,832 (5%) to $618,005,439, and stockholders' equity increased $3,551,915 (5%) to $69,974,380. The ratio of stockholders’ equity to total assets was 10.2% at the end of both fiscal years. From December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016, available-for-sale securities decreased $4,893,252 (5%), primarily due to purchases of $82,423,495 offset by sales, maturities and principal payments received of $85,915,813. The Company had net unrealized losses of $2,078,050 at December 31, 2016 compared to $1,085,645 at December 31, 2015. From December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016, net loans receivable increased by $47,271,733 (10%) to $538,273,640. Permanent loans secured by commercial real estate, primarily secured by owner occupied retail and low- income housing projects, increased $40,756,300 (20%) which was due to two larger construction projects moving to permanent financing and overall increased loan demand. Construction loans decreased $4,550,558 (10%) due primarily to the two larger credits discussed above moving to permanent financing. Permanent multi-family loans increased $6,879,853 (17%) due to three significant new credits offset by loan payoffs on existing credits. Commercial loans decreased $5,602,165 (7%) which was primarily due to anticipated payoffs. Loans secured by both owner and non-owner occupied one-to-four family residences increased $8,153,141 (8%) due to increased loan demand. The Company continues to focus its lending efforts in the commercial and owner occupied real estate loan categories. As of December 31, 2016, management identified loans totaling $8,699,000 as impaired with a related allowance for loan losses of $602,000. Impaired loans decreased by $6,031,000 during 2016, compared to the balance of $14,730,000 at December 31, 2015. From December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016, the allowance for loan losses decreased $69,491 to $5,742,449. In addition to the provision for loan losses of $1,375,000 recorded by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2016, loan charge-offs of specific loans (previously classified as nonperforming) exceeded recoveries by $1,444,491 for the year ended December 31, 2016. The Company’s increase in overall loan balances during 2016 has increased the general component of the allowance for loan loss reserve requirements. However, the overall reserve decreased as a result of charge- offs of specific reserves established on nonperforming loans. The allowance for loan losses, as a percentage of gross loans outstanding (excluding mortgage loans held for sale), as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was 1.06% and 1.17%, respectively. The allowance for loan losses, as a percentage of nonperforming loans outstanding, as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was 66.5% and 109.9%, respectively. Management believes the allowance for loan losses is at a level to be sufficient in providing for potential loan losses in the Bank’s existing loan portfolio. From December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016, deposits decreased $12,022,945 (2%) to $505,362,750. During this period, checking and savings transaction balances decreased by $8,163,633 and certificates of deposit decreased $3,859,312. For the majority of 2016, the Company experienced strong growth in checking and savings accounts due to its continued efforts to increase core transaction deposits, including retail, commercial and public funds. This had allowed the Company to reduce higher priced certificates of deposit. However, during the fourth quarter of 2016, various public fund customers and one commercial business customer utilized significant deposit dollars for large projects that produced an overall decline in deposits for 2016. Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased $43,600,000 (84%) from $52,100,000 as of December 31, 2015 to $95,700,000 as of December 31, 2016 in order to fund the Company’s growth in net loans receivable of $47,271,733. From December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016, stockholders’ equity (including unrealized depreciation on available-for-sale securities, net of tax) increased $3,551,915 (5%) to $69,974,380. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2016 exceeded dividends paid or declared by $4,089,156. The equity portion of the Company’s unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities declined by $625,285 during 2016. On a per common share basis, stockholders’ equity increased from $15.27 as of December 31, 2015 to $16.09 as of December 31, 2016. 45 FORM 10-K AVERAGE BALANCES, INTEREST AND AVERAGE YIELDS The following table shows the balances as of December 31, 2016 of various categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the corresponding yields and costs, and, for the periods indicated: (1) the average balances of various categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, (2) the total interest earned or paid thereon, and (3) the resulting weighted average yields and costs. In addition, the table shows the Company’s rate spreads and net yields. Average balances are based on daily balances. Tax-free income is not material; accordingly, interest income and related average yields have not been calculated on a tax equivalent basis. Average loan balances include non-accrual loans. Dollar amounts are expressed in thousands. As of December 31, 2016 Year Ended December 31, 2016 Year Ended December 31, 2015 Year Ended December 31, 2014 Yield / Cost Average Balance Yield / Cost Average Balance Interest Yield / Cost Average Balance Yield / Cost Interest Interest Balance ASSETS Interest-earning: Loans ................................. $ 546,200 4.81% $ 513,995 $ 23,315 4.54% $ 501,194 $ 23,565 4.70% $ 465,874 $ 23,255 4.99% 1,627 1.63% Investment securities ......... Other assets ........................ 132 0.56% Total interest-earning ........ 648,618 4.33% 632,981 25,389 4.01% 614,994 25,190 4.10% 589,248 25,014 4.25% Noninterest-earning ........... 92,427 1.95% 101,081 17,905 1,484 1.64% 141 0.60% 1,895 1.87% 179 1.00% 99,887 23,487 90,248 23,552 9,991 0.31% 39,362 $ 687,980 40,632 $ 673,613 36,103 $ 651,097 36,036 $ 625,284 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Interest-bearing: Savings accounts ............... $ 28,095 0.20% $ 27,489 $ Transaction accounts ......... 284,668 0.40% 320,352 Certificates of deposit ........ 111,689 0.89% 111,220 73,833 FHLB advances ................. 15,465 Subordinated debentures ... Repurchase agreements ..... - Total interest-bearing ........ 535,617 0.80% 548,359 55,344 Noninterest-bearing ........... 82,388 603,703 Total liabilities ................... 618,005 69,910 69,975 Stockholders' equity .......... $ 673,613 $ 687,980 Net earning balance ........... $ 113,001 $ 84,622 Earning yield less costing 95,700 1.59% 15,465 3.53% - 0.00% 1,314 1.78% 579 3.74% - 0.00% 55 0.20% $ 24,841 $ 1,235 0.39% 305,849 994 0.89% 119,793 53,970 15,465 4,575 4,177 0.76% 524,493 61,686 586,179 64,918 $ 651,097 $ 90,501 49 0.20% $ 24,366 $ 1,277 0.42% 289,175 1,098 0.92% 121,344 53,865 1,196 2.22% 15,465 539 3.49% 10,000 121 2.64% 4,280 0.82% 514,215 51,277 565,492 59,792 $ 625,284 $ 75,033 49 0.20% 1,242 0.43% 1,038 0.86% 1,202 2.23% 533 3.45% 265 2.65% 4,329 0.84% rate ................................. 3.53% 3.25% 3.28% 3.40% Net interest income, and net yield spread on interest-earning assets ... Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities ........................ $ 21,212 3.35% $ 20,910 3.40% $ 20,685 3.51% 121% 115 % 117 % 115% 46 FORM 10-K The following table sets forth information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated resulting from changes in average balances and average rates shown in the previous table. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities information is provided with respect to changes attributable to: (i) changes in balance (change in balance multiplied by the old rate), (ii) changes in interest rates (change in rate multiplied by the old balance); and (iii) the combined effect of changes in balance and interest rates (change in balance multiplied by change in rate). Dollar amounts are expressed in thousands. Year ended Year ended December 31, 2016 versus December 31, 2015 December 31, 2015 versus December 31, 2014 Average Balance Interest Rate Rate & Balance Total Average Balance Interest Rate Rate & Balance Total Interest income: Loans ............................ $ Investment securities .... Other assets .................. Net change in interest 602 $ 178 (34) (830) $ 208 94 (21) $ 25 (23) (249) $ 1,763 $ (1,351) $ 16 (157) 411 9 - 37 (102 ) $ (2 ) - 310 (143) 9 income ....................... 746 (528) (19) 199 1,606 (1,326) (104 ) 176 Interest expense: Savings accounts .......... Transaction accounts .... Certificates of deposit ... FHLB advances ............ Subordinated debentures .................. Repurchase 5 61 (79) 440 1 (98) (27) (236) - (4) 2 (87) 6 (41) (104) 117 1 72 (13) 2 - 40 - 40 - agreements ................. (121) (121) 121 (121) (144) Net change in interest (1) (35) 74 (8) 6 - - (2 ) (1 ) - - - 35 60 (6) 6 - (144) expense ...................... 306 (441) 32 (103) (82) 36 (3 ) (49) Change in net interest income ....................... $ 440 $ (87) $ (51) $ 302 $ 1,688 $ (1,362) $ (101 ) $ 225 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - COMPARISON OF YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND DECEMBER 31, 2015 Interest Rates Average for the Year Shown Ten-Year Treasury One-Year Treasury Prime December 31, 2016 .................................................... December 31, 2015 .................................................... Change in rates ........................................................... 3.51% 3.26% 0.25% 1.84% 2.14% -0.30% 0.61% 0.32% 0.29% The Bank charges borrowers and pays depositors interest rates that are largely a function of the general level of interest rates. The above table sets forth the weekly average interest rates for the 52 weeks ending December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 as reported by the Federal Reserve. The Bank typically indexes its adjustable rate commercial loans to prime and its adjustable rate mortgage loans to the one-year Treasury Rate. The ten-year Treasury Rate is a proxy for 30-year fixed rate home mortgage loans. Rates trended upward by the end of 2016 as the Federal Reserve Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) increased the discount rate by 25 basis points in December 2016. As of December 31, 2016, the prime rate was 3.75% which is a 25 basis point increase from December 31, 2015. 47 FORM 10-K Interest Income. Total interest income increased $199,692 (1%). The average balance of interest-earning assets increased $17,987,000 (3%), while the yield on average interest earning assets decreased 9 basis points to 4.01%. Interest income on investment securities increased $411,623 (28%). The average balance of investment securities increased $10,833,000 (12%) while the average yield improved 23 basis points to 1.87%. Offsetting the increase in interest income on investments was the decline in interest income on loans which decreased $249,990 (1%). The average loan receivable balance increased $12,801,000 (3%) while the average yield decreased 16 basis points to 4.54%. The Company experienced strong loan activity during 2016. However, pricing on loans is challenging due to significant competition on new and renewing credits. The pricing pressure has impacted the ability to maintain loan yield compared to 2015. Interest Expense. Total interest expense decreased $102,870 (2%) as the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities increased $23,866,000 (5%), while the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 6 basis points to 0.76%. Interest expense on deposits decreased $139,889 (6%) during 2016 as the average balance of interest bearing deposits increased $8,578,000 (2%), however, the average interest rate paid to depositors decreased 4 basis points to 0.50%. The expansion of lower-cost, core deposit relationships and reductions in higher priced retail products and utilization of cost effective wholesale funding continue to improve the Company’s overall cost of funds. Also improving cost of funds over the prior year was the prepayment of the Company’s $10 million repurchase agreement during the second quarter of 2015, which had a rate of 2.61%. Net Interest Income. The Company’s net interest income increased $302,562 (1%) primarily due to the increase in overall average balances of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Refer to the tables in the “Average Balances, Interest and Average Yields” section (pages 47 and 48) for additional information on components of net interest income. Provision for Loan Losses. Provisions for loan losses are charged or credited to earnings to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level considered adequate by the Company to provide for potential loan losses in the existing loan portfolio. When making its assessment, the Company considers prior loss experience, volume and type of lending, local banking trends and impaired and past due loans in the Company’s loan portfolio. In addition, the Company considers general economic conditions and other factors related to collectability of the Company’s loan portfolio. Based on its internal analysis and methodology, management recorded a provision for loan losses of $1,375,000 and $600,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company’s increase in the provision was primarily due to the increased loan balances and maintaining general portfolio reserves at a level deemed appropriate in accordance with its methodology. The Bank will continue to monitor its allowance for loan losses and make future additions based on economic and regulatory conditions. Management may need to increase the allowance for loan losses through charges to the provision for loan losses if anticipated growth in the Bank’s loan portfolio increases or other circumstances warrant. See further discussions of the allowance for loan losses under “Financial Condition” above. Although the Bank maintains its allowance for loan losses at a level which it considers to be sufficient to provide for potential loan losses in its existing loan portfolio, there can be no assurance that future loan losses will not exceed internal estimates. In addition, the amount of the allowance for loan losses is subject to review by regulatory agencies which can order the establishment of additional loan loss provisions. 48 FORM 10-K Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income increased $392,135 (9%). This was primarily due to increased gains on sale of mortgage loans held for sale of $312,120 (22%). A stronger real estate market and the Company’s increased activity in Federal Housing Administration lending increased mortgage volume compared to 2015. Originations of mortgage loans held for sale were $63,974,589 during 2016 compared to $56,515,986 in 2015. Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense increased $491,018 (3%). Salaries and employee benefits increased $881,227 (7%) which was partially offset by the prepayment penalty of $463,992 (100%) paid during 2015 as part of a structured transaction to prepay a $10,000,000 repurchase agreement. The increase in salaries and employee benefits is due to the addition of commercial and mortgage staff for the new loan production office in Joplin and the addition of other key positions in technology, commercial and retail production. The Company is continuing to position itself for future growth and expansion. Also impacting compensation were mortgage commissions which increased due to the mortgage volume noted above under “Non-Interest Income” above. Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes decreased $448,565 (18%) over 2015 as a direct result of the Company’s decrease in taxable income primarily through the increased utilization of tax-exempt revenue sources. Cash Dividends Paid. The Company paid dividends of $0.08 per share on April 14, 2016 to stockholders of record as of April 4, 2016, and $0.08 per share on July 15, 2016, to stockholders of record as of July 5, 2016, and $.08 per share on October 20, 2016, to stockholders of record as of October 10, 2016 and also declared a cash dividend of $0.10 per share on December 22, 2016, which was paid on January 13, 2017, to stockholders of record on January 3, 2017. During 2015, the Company paid $1,008,332 in dividends on common stock. During 2014, the Company also paid $648,280 in dividends on common stock and $413,000 dividends on its preferred stock. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - COMPARISON OF YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014 Interest Rates Average for the Year Shown Ten-Year Treasury One-Year Treasury Prime December 31, 2015 .................................................... December 31, 2014 .................................................... Change in rates ........................................................... 3.26% 3.25% 0.01% 2.14% 2.54% -0.40% 0.32% 0.12% 0.20% The Bank charges borrowers and pays depositors interest rates that are largely a function of the general level of interest rates. The above table sets forth the weekly average interest rates for the 52 weeks ending December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 as reported by the Federal Reserve. The Bank typically indexes its adjustable rate commercial loans to prime and its adjustable rate mortgage loans to the one-year Treasury Rate. The ten-year Treasury Rate is a proxy for 30-year fixed rate home mortgage loans. Rates trended upward by the end of 2015 as the Federal Reserve Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) increased the discount rate by 25 basis points in December 2015. As of December 31, 2015, the prime rate was 3.50% which is a 25 basis point increase from December 31, 2014. Interest Income. Total interest income increased $175,320 (1%). The average balance of interest-earning assets increased $25,746,000 (4%), while the yield on average interest earning assets decreased 15 basis points to 4.10%. 49 FORM 10-K Interest on loans increased $309,903 (1%) and the average loan receivable balance increased $35,320,000 (8%) while the average yield decreased 29 basis points to 4.70%. Strong competition is causing a reduction in rates for new credits and to maintain existing credit relationships. Interest Expense. Total interest expense decreased $49,423 (1%) as the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities increased $10,278,000 (2%), while the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 2 basis points to 0.82%. Interest expense on deposits increased $94,781 (4%) during 2015 as the average balance of interest bearing deposits increased $15,598,000 (3%) and the average interest rate paid to depositors remained the same at 0.54%. The Company has made significant efforts over the last several years to grow lower cost core deposit relationships. The Company has been successful in these efforts, which allowed for reductions in wholesale funding, thereby reducing the Company’s cost of funds. Net Interest Income. The Company’s net interest income increased $224,743 (1%). During the year ended December 31, 2015, the average balance of interest-earning assets exceeded the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities by $90,501,000, resulting in an increase in the average net interest earning balance of $15,468,000 (21%). In addition, the Company’s spread between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 12 basis points from 3.40% to 3.28%. Provision for Loan Losses. Provisions for loan losses are charged or credited to earnings to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level considered adequate by the Company to provide for potential loan losses in the existing loan portfolio. When making its assessment, the Company considers prior loss experience, volume and type of lending, local banking trends and impaired and past due loans in the Company’s loan portfolio. In addition, the Company considers general economic conditions and other factors related to collectability of the Company’s loan portfolio. Based on its internal analysis and methodology, management recorded a provision for loan losses of $600,000 and $1,275,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Generally, the overall decrease in the provision for loan losses for the year presented has resulted primarily from declining historic loss rates, which are used to calculate the reserve for the homogenous pool of loans. The Company has also experienced lower reserve requirements on newly classified nonperforming credits during the year. The Bank will continue to monitor its allowance for loan losses and make future additions based on economic and regulatory conditions. Management may need to increase the allowance for loan losses through charges to the provision for loan losses if anticipated growth in the Bank’s loan portfolio increases or other circumstances warrant. See further discussions of the allowance for loan losses under “Financial Condition” above. Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income increased $1,234,247 (36%) which was primarily due to two factors. First, the Company executed a structured transaction selling approximately $4,000,000 of Small Business Administration guaranteed loans and approximately $5,800,000 of investment securities for a combined gain of $488,000. With those proceeds, the Company prepaid a $10,000,000 repurchase agreement (bearing annual interest of 2.61%) incurring a prepayment penalty of $463,992. This prepayment has allowed the Company to significantly reduce higher cost, non-core funding liabilities on its balance sheet and eliminate future annual interest expense of $261,000. This transaction has improved the Company’s cost of funds as well as enhanced other liquidity and capital performance measurements. Secondly, gains on sales of loans held for sale increased $589,394 (60%). This was primarily due to a stronger real estate market and the Company’s increased activity in Federal Housing Administration lending compared to 2014. Originations of mortgage loans held for sale were $56,515,986 during 2015 compared to $34,694,993 in 2014. 50 FORM 10-K Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense increased $1,851,098 (12%). This increase was primarily due to a few factors. First, the Company paid a $463,992 prepayment penalty incurred on the prepayment of a repurchase agreement (further discussed above). Secondly, salaries and employee benefits increased $909,984 (10%) which was primarily due to the addition of several key officers during 2015. The Company continues to strengthen its depth in the areas of technology, marketing, commercial and retail production in order to position itself for future growth and expansion. Also impacting compensation were mortgage commissions, which have increased due to the mortgage loan volume improvement noted above. Other expenses that experienced increases were occupancy expense which increased $207,696 (12%) primarily due to depreciation expense recognized on new equipment purchases in late fourth quarter 2014 and into 2015. Also, the Company has increased its marketing efforts in 2015 and advertising expense increased $99,996 (24%). Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes increased $348,821 (17%) over 2014 as a direct result of an increase in taxable income and the Company’s increased utilization of state tax credits in 2014. Furthermore, effective during the first quarter of 2015, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-01 (see the section captioned “New Accounting Pronouncements” in Note 14 to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the report). Cash Dividends Paid. The Company paid dividends of $0.05 per share on April 16, 2015 to stockholders of record as of April 6, 2015, and $0.05 per share on July 16, 2015, to stockholders of record as of July 6, 2015, and $.05 per share on October 15, 2015, to stockholders of record as of October 5, 2015 and also declared a cash dividend of $0.08 per share on December 23, 2015, which was paid on January 16, 2016, to stockholders of record on January 5, 2016. During 2014, the Company also paid $648,280 in dividends on common stock and $413,000 dividends on its preferred stock. During 2013, the Company paid $600,000 in dividends on its then outstanding preferred stock. LIQUIDITY Liquidity refers to the ability to manage future cash flows to meet the needs of depositors and borrowers and fund operations. Maintaining appropriate levels of liquidity allows the Company to have sufficient funds available for customer demand for loans, withdrawal of deposit balances and maturities of deposits and other liabilities. The Company’s primary sources of liquidity include cash and cash equivalents, available-for-sale securities, customer deposits and FHLB borrowings. The Company also has established borrowing lines available from the Federal Reserve Bank which is considered a secondary source of funds. 51 FORM 10-K The Company’s most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, which are cash on hand, amounts due from financial institutions, and certificates of deposit with other financial institutions that have an original maturity of three months or less. The levels of such assets are dependent on the Bank’s operating, financing, and investment activities at any given time. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents totaled $9,088,441 as of December 31, 2016 and $18,774,419 as of December 31, 2015, representing a decrease of $9,685,978. The variations in levels of cash and cash equivalents are influenced by deposit flows and anticipated future deposit flows, which are subject to, and influenced by, many factors. The Bank has $71,182,536 in certificates of deposit that are scheduled to mature in one year or less. Management anticipates that the majority of these certificates will renew in the normal course of operations. Based on existing collateral as well as the FHLB’s limitation of advances to 35% of assets, the Bank has the ability to borrow an additional $59,766,000 from the FHLB, as of December 31, 2016. Based on existing collateral, the Bank has the ability to borrow $25,164,000 from the Federal Reserve Bank as of December 31, 2016. The Bank plans to maintain its FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank borrowings to a level that will provide a borrowing capacity sufficient to provide for contingencies. Management has many policies and controls in place to attempt to manage the appropriate level of liquidity. CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS The Company meets the eligibility criteria of a small bank holding company in accordance with the Federal Reserve's Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement issued in February 2015, and is no longer obligated to report consolidated regulatory capital. The Bank continues to be subject to various capital requirements administered by banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that could have a direct material effect on the Company's financial statements. The Bank's capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. In July 2013, the Federal Reserve issued a final rule that revised its risk-based and leverage capital requirements for banking organizations to align them with the Basel III regulatory capital framework and meet certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act (“Basel III Rule”). The Basel III Rule implemented a revised definition of regulatory capital, a new common equity tier 1 (“CET1”) minimum capital requirement, and a higher minimum tier1 capital requirement. The final rules also made changes to the prompt corrective action framework for depository institutions by incorporating the new minimum capital ratios into the framework, introducing the CET1 capital measure, and aligning the definition of tangible equity for purposes of the critically undercapitalized prompt corrective action category with the definition of tier 1 capital. Under the Basel III Rule, the following three components comprise a banking organization’s “regulatory capital”: (i) “CET1 capital,” which is predominantly comprised of retained earnings and common stock instruments that meet certain criteria and related surplus (net of any treasury stock), AOCI (for organizations that do not make opt-out elections), and CET1 minority interest, which are subject to certain restrictions; (ii) “Additional Tier 1 Capital,” which consists of non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and similar instruments meeting specified eligibility criteria and related surplus, Tier 1 minority interests not included in CET1 capital, and “TARP” preferred stock and other instruments issued under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008; and (iii) “Tier 2 Capital,” which includes instruments such as subordinated debt that has a minimum original maturity of at least five years and is subordinated to the claims of depositors and general creditors, total capital minority interest not included in Tier 1 capital and limited amounts of a banking organization’s allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL), less applicable regulatory adjustments and deductions. 52 FORM 10-K Effective January 1, 2015, the final rule requires the Bank to comply with the following minimum capital ratios: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0% of risk-weighted assets (increased from the prior requirement of 4.0%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8.0% of risk-weighted assets (unchanged from the prior requirement); and (iv) a leverage ratio of 4.0% of total assets (unchanged from the prior requirement). When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Basel III Rule will require the Bank to maintain (i) a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% "capital conservation buffer" effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7.0% upon full implementation); (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the 2.5% capital conservation buffer effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation); (iii) a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the 2.5% capital conservation buffer effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation); and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Beginning January 1, 2016, the capital conservation buffer requirement was phased in at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets, increasing by the same amount each year until fully implemented at 2.5% on January 1, 2019. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of common equity Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases, and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. The Bank is classified as “well capitalized” under current regulatory guidelines. See also additional information provided under the caption “Regulatory Matters” in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS Various commitments and contingent liabilities arise in the normal course of business, which are not required to be recorded on the balance sheet. The most significant of these are loan commitments, lines of credit and standby letters of credit. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans of approximately $6,152,000 and $4,218,000, respectively. Lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, unused lines of credit to borrowers aggregated approximately $89,103,000 and $68,066,000, respectively, for commercial lines and $15,960,000 and $14,461,000, respectively, for open-end consumer lines. Since a portion of the loan commitment and line of credit may expire without being drawn upon, the total unused commitments and lines do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit are irrevocable conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. The Bank had total outstanding standby letters of credit amounting to $11,596,000 and $12,135,000 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The commitments extend over varying periods of time. In connection with the Company’s issuance of the Trust Preferred Securities and pursuant to two guarantee agreements by and between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, the Company issued a limited, irrevocable guarantee of the obligations of each Trust under the Trust Preferred Securities whereby the Company has guaranteed any and all payment obligations of the Trusts related to the Trust Preferred Securities including distributions on, and the liquidation or redemption price of, the Trust Preferred Securities to the extent each Trust does not have funds available. 53 FORM 10-K AGGREGATE CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS The following table summarizes the Company’s fixed and determinable contractual obligations by payment date as of December 31, 2016. Dollar amounts are expressed in thousands. Contractual Obligations Total or less One Year One to More than Three Years Five Years Five Years Three to Deposits without stated maturity .......................... $ Time and brokered certificates of deposit ............ Other borrowings ................................................. FHLB and Federal Reserve advances .................. Subordinated debentures ...................................... Operating leases ................................................... Purchase obligations ............................................. Other long term obligations .................................. Total .................................................................. $ 393,674 $ 393,674 $ 71,182 111,689 - - 43,600 95,700 - 15,465 158 430 285 285 440 440 617,683 $ 509,339 $ - $ 30,295 - 52,100 - 186 - - 82,581 $ - $ 8,791 - - - 86 - - 8,877 $ - 1,421 - - 15,465 - - - 16,886 IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES The Company prepared the consolidated financial statements and related data presented herein in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike most companies, the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the price of goods and services, since such prices are affected by inflation. In the current interest rate environment, liquidity and the maturity structure of the Bank’s assets and liabilities are critical to the maintenance of acceptable performance levels. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is based upon the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported periods. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. There can be no assurance that actual results will not differ from those estimates. If actual results are different than management’s judgments and estimates, the Company’s financial results could change, and such change could be material to the Company. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans and fair values. In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of foreclosed assets held for sale, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties. 54 FORM 10-K The Company has identified the accounting policies for the allowance for loan losses and related significant estimates and judgments as critical to its business operations and the understanding of its results of operations. For a detailed discussion on the application of these significant estimates and judgments and our accounting policies, also see Note 1 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in this report. Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ASSET / LIABILITY MANAGEMENT The responsibility of managing and executing the Bank’s Asset Liability Policy falls to the Bank’s Asset/ Liability Committee (ALCO.) ALCO seeks to manage interest rate risk so as to capture the highest net interest income, and to stabilize that net interest income, through changing interest rate environments. Management attempts to position the Bank’s instrument repricing characteristics in line with probable rate movements in order to minimize the impact of changing interest rates on the Bank’s net interest income. Since the relative spread between financial assets and liabilities is constantly changing, the Bank’s current net interest income may not be an indication of future net interest income. The Bank has continued to emphasize the origination of commercial business and real estate, home equity, consumer and adjustable-rate, one- to four-family residential loans while originating fixed-rate, one- to four-family residential loans primarily for immediate resale in the secondary market. Management continually monitors the loan portfolio for the purpose of product diversification and over concentration. The Bank constantly monitors its deposits in an effort to prohibit them from adversely impacting the Bank’s interest rate sensitivity. Rates of interest paid on deposits at the Bank are priced competitively in order to meet the Bank’s asset/liability management objectives and spread requirements. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Bank’s savings accounts, checking accounts, and money market deposit accounts totaled $393,673,761 or 78% of its total deposits and $401,837,394 or 78% of total deposits, respectively. The weighted average rate paid on these accounts decreased 1 basis point from 0.30% on December 31, 2015 to 0.29% on December 31, 2016 primarily due to the Bank’s efforts to reprice its retail and business accounts during 2016. INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS The following tables set forth as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, management’s estimates of the projected changes in Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”) in the event of instantaneous and permanent increases and decreases in market interest rates. Dollar amounts are expressed in thousands. 12/31/2016 BP Change in Rates $ Amount Estimated Net Portfolio Value $ Change % Change NPV as % of PV of Assets Change NPV Ratio +200 ................ $ +100 ................ NC ................... -100 ................. -200 ................. 92,319 $ 96,547 100,710 95,335 86,491 (8,391) (4,163) - (5,375) (14,219) -8% -4% 0% -5% -14% 13.95 % 14.31 % 14.63 % 13.70 % 12.25 % -0.69 % -0.32 % 0.00 % -0.93 % -2.38 % 55 FORM 10-K 12/31/2015 BP Change in Rates +200 ................ $ +100 ................ NC ................... -100 ................. -200 ................. $ Amount Estimated Net Portfolio Value $ Change % Change NPV as % of PV of Assets Change NPV Ratio 67,444 $ 71,312 77,285 75,723 83,783 (9,841 ) (5,973 ) - (1,562 ) 6,498 -13% -8% 0% -2% 8% 10.61 % 11.03 % 11.72 % 11.36 % 12.38 % -1.10 % -0.68 % 0.00 % -0.35 % 0.66 % Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on an internally generated model using actual maturity and repricing schedules for the Bank’s loans and deposits, and are based on numerous assumptions, including relative levels of market interest rates, loan repayments and deposit run-offs, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results. Further, the computations do not contemplate any actions the Bank may undertake in response to changes in interest rates. All EVE and earnings projections are based on a point in time static balance sheet. Management cannot predict future interest rates or their effect on the Bank’s EVE in the future. Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the computation of EVE. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in differing degrees to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as floating-rate loans, which represent the Bank’s primary loan product, have an initial fixed rate period typically from one to five years and over the remaining life of the asset changes in the interest rate are restricted. In addition, the proportion of adjustable-rate loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio could decrease in future periods due to refinancing activity if market interest rates remain constant or decrease in the future. Further, in the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels could deviate significantly from those assumed in the table. Finally, the ability of many borrowers to service their adjustable-rate debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase. The Bank’s Board of Directors is responsible for reviewing the Bank’s asset and liability policies. The Bank’s management is responsible for administering the policies and determinations of the Board of Directors with respect to the Bank’s asset and liability goals and strategies. Management expects that the Bank’s asset and liability policies and strategies will continue as described above so long as competitive and regulatory conditions in the financial institution industry and market interest rates continue as they have in recent years. 56 FORM 10-K Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. Consolidated Balance Sheets December 31, 2016 and 2015 December 31, December 31, 2016 2015 ASSETS Cash and due from banks ................................................................................................ $ Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions ................................................... Cash and cash equivalents ........................................................................................... Available-for-sale securities ............................................................................................ Held-to-maturity securities .............................................................................................. Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank, at cost ..................................................................... Mortgage loans held for sale ........................................................................................... Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2016 and 2015 - 3,769,478 $ 5,318,963 9,088,441 92,399,235 27,528 4,611,000 2,183,633 3,561,272 15,213,147 18,774,419 97,292,487 43,099 2,837,500 1,902,933 Accrued interest receivable ............................................................................................. Prepaid expenses and other assets ................................................................................... Foreclosed assets held for sale ........................................................................................ Premises and equipment, net ........................................................................................... Bank owned life insurance .............................................................................................. Deferred and receivable income taxes ............................................................................. $5,742,449 and $5,811,940, respectively .................................................................... 538,273,640 491,001,907 1,986,692 3,525,032 2,391,727 10,540,428 18,779,915 3,758,933 $ 687,979,819 $ 652,835,072 1,947,063 2,961,336 2,682,353 10,871,039 19,272,893 3,661,658 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY LIABILITIES Deposits ........................................................................................................................... $ 505,362,750 $ 517,385,695 52,100,000 Federal Home Loan Bank advances ................................................................................ 15,465,000 Subordinated debentures ................................................................................................. 190,853 Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance ......................................................... 1,074,957 Accrued expenses and other liabilities ............................................................................ 196,102 Accrued interest payable ................................................................................................. 618,005,439 586,412,607 95,700,000 15,465,000 192,460 1,077,396 207,833 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES ............................................................ - - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Capital Stock: Common stock, $0.10 par value; authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued December 31, 2016 and 2015 - 6,875,503 and 6,859,003 shares, respectively ................................... Additional paid-in capital ................................................................................................ Retained earnings, substantially restricted ...................................................................... Accumulated other comprehensive loss 687,550 50,552,077 57,347,282 685,900 50,441,464 53,258,126 Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net of income taxes; December 31, 2016 and 2015 - ($768,879) and ($401,688), respectively .......................................... (1,309,241 ) (683,956) 107,277,668 103,701,534 Treasury stock, at cost; December 31, 2016 and 2015 - 2,465,476 and 2,466,462 shares, respectively ......................................................................................................... (37,303,288 ) 69,974,380 (37,279,069) 66,422,465 $ 687,979,819 $ 652,835,072 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 57 FORM 10-K Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Income Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 Interest Income Loans ............................................................................................. $ Investment securities ..................................................................... Other .............................................................................................. Interest Expense Deposits ......................................................................................... Federal Home Loan Bank advances .............................................. Subordinated debentures ................................................................ Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ............................ Net Interest Income ......................................................................... Provision for Loan Losses ............................................................... Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses .................. Noninterest Income Service charges .............................................................................. Gain on sale of investment securities ............................................ Gain on sale of mortgage loans held for sale ................................. Gain on sale of Small Busines Administration loans ..................... Net gain (loss) on foreclosed assets ............................................... Other income ................................................................................. Noninterest Expense Salaries and employee benefits ...................................................... Occupancy ..................................................................................... FDIC deposit insurance premiums ................................................ Prepayment penalty on repurchase agreements ............................. Data processing .............................................................................. Advertising .................................................................................... Other expense ................................................................................ Income Before Income Taxes ......................................................... Provision for Income Taxes ............................................................ Net Income ....................................................................................... $ Preferred Stock Dividends and Discount Accretion ..................... Net Income Available to Common Shareholders .......................... $ 2016 2015 2014 23,314,776 $ 1,895,395 179,155 25,389,326 23,564,766 $ 1,483,772 141,096 25,189,634 23,254,863 1,627,460 131,991 25,014,314 2,283,982 1,313,620 579,410 - 4,177,012 21,212,314 1,375,000 19,837,314 1,134,664 192,537 1,708,478 297,462 1,270 1,535,796 4,870,207 10,686,564 1,827,209 350,475 - 889,575 525,000 2,821,923 17,100,746 7,606,775 2,012,764 5,594,011 $ - 5,594,011 $ 2,423,871 1,196,393 538,785 120,833 4,279,882 20,909,752 600,000 20,309,752 1,214,880 187,090 1,396,358 344,818 (164,663 ) 1,499,589 4,478,072 9,805,337 1,904,886 447,044 463,992 790,928 525,000 2,672,541 16,609,728 8,178,096 2,461,329 5,716,767 $ - 5,716,767 $ 2,329,090 1,202,383 533,207 264,625 4,329,305 20,685,009 1,275,000 19,410,009 1,264,027 34,163 913,258 - (213,239 ) 1,351,910 3,350,119 8,895,353 1,697,190 448,675 - 685,028 425,004 2,713,674 14,864,924 7,895,204 2,112,508 5,782,696 357,210 5,425,486 Basic Income Per Common Share ................................................. $ Diluted Income Per Common Share .............................................. $ 1.28 $ 1.27 $ 1.32 $ 1.30 $ 1.35 1.33 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 58 FORM 10-K Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 NET INCOME ................................................................................. $ OTHER ITEMS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS): Change in unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities 2016 5,594,011 $ 2015 5,716,767 $ 2014 5,782,696 available-for-sale, before income taxes ....................................... (799,869) (186,775 ) 3,300,555 Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains on investment securities included in net income, before income taxes ............................................................................................ Total other items in comprehensive income (loss) ........................ Income tax expense (credit) related to other items of (192,537) (992,406) (187,090 ) (373,865 ) (34,163 ) 3,266,392 comprehensive income ................................................................ Other comprehensive income (loss) .............................................. TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ...................................... $ (367,121) (625,285) 4,968,726 $ (138,330 ) (235,535 ) 5,481,232 $ 1,208,565 2,057,827 7,840,523 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 59 FORM 10-K Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net income ........................................................................................ $ Items not requiring (providing) cash: Deferred income taxes ................................................................... Depreciation .................................................................................. Provision for loan losses ................................................................ Gain on sale of Small Business Administration loans ................... Gain on sale of mortgage loans held for sale and investment securities ...................................................................................... Loss (gain) on sale of foreclosed assets ......................................... Amortization of deferred income, premiums and discounts, net ... Stock award plans .......................................................................... Origination of loans held for sale .................................................. Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale ....................................... Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance ..... Changes in: 2016 2015 2014 5,594,011 $ 5,716,767 $ 5,782,696 123,091 845,221 1,375,000 (297,462) 320,738 918,441 600,000 (344,818 ) 657,573 755,937 1,275,000 - (1,901,015) (112,576) 665,361 373,782 (63,974,589) 65,402,367 (492,978) (1,758,087 ) 104,670 704,985 285,589 (56,515,986 ) 57,398,682 (362,695 ) (1,015,766 ) 131,840 825,906 242,189 (34,694,993 ) 35,085,396 (373,523 ) Accrued interest receivable ............................................................ Prepaid expenses and other assets ................................................. Accrued expenses and other liabilities ........................................... Income taxes receivable/payable ................................................... Net cash provided by operating activities .................................. 39,629 563,696 (75,505) 341,305 8,469,338 43,366 1,005,159 (69,305 ) (208,412 ) 7,839,094 (177,417 ) 1,006,688 (185,259 ) 183,722 9,499,989 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Net change in loans ........................................................................... Principal payments on held-to-maturity securities ............................ Principal payments on available-for-sale securities .......................... Purchase of available-for-sale securities ........................................... Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities .......................... Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities .................. Purchase of premises and equipment ................................................ Purchase of bank owned life insurance ............................................. (Purchase) redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock ............... Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets held for sale ........................ Net cash used in investing activities .............................................. (51,498,165) 15,571 8,884,281 (82,423,495) 76,480,961 535,000 (1,175,832) - (1,773,500) 2,922,119 (48,033,060) (4,870,934 ) 17,894 10,445,669 (55,150,017 ) 33,059,741 - (856,106 ) (4,000,000 ) 319,400 797,876 (20,236,477 ) (23,700,987 ) 18,169 9,698,931 (40,823,180 ) 41,759,062 3,151,000 (471,980 ) - (271,800 ) 657,431 (9,983,354 ) See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 60 FORM 10-K Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 2016 2015 2014 CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Net increase (decrease) in demand deposits, (8,163,633) $ NOW accounts and savings accounts ............................................ $ (3,859,312) Net decrease in certificates of deposit ............................................... Repayment of securities sold under agreements to repurchase ......... - Proceeds from FHLB and Federal Reserve advances ....................... 223,099,999 Repayments of FHLB and Federal Reserve advances ....................... (179,499,999) Proceeds from issuance of common stock ......................................... - 1,607 Advances from (repayments to) borrowers for taxes and insurance .. Redemption of preferred stock .......................................................... - 85,800 Proceeds from Stock options exercised ............................................. (1,415,180) Common and preferred cash dividends paid ..................................... (371,538) Treasury stock purchased .................................................................. 29,877,744 Net cash provided by financing activities ...................................... 43,000,898 $ (5,433,485 ) (10,000,000 ) - (8,250,000 ) - 46,869 - 187,129 (873,499 ) - 18,677,912 (4,908,937 ) (2,591,720 ) - 8,000,000 (3,000,000 ) 15,814,312 (5,684 ) (12,000,000 ) 210,870 (844,786 ) - 674,055 INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ........................................................................... (9,685,978) 6,280,529 190,690 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR ............................................................................................. 18,774,419 12,493,890 12,303,200 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR ............... $ 9,088,441 $ 18,774,419 $ 12,493,890 Supplemental Cash Flows Information Real estate acquired in settlement of loans .................................... $ 3,228,589 $ 190,026 $ 371,971 Interest paid ................................................................................... $ 4,165,281 $ 4,325,925 $ 4,337,521 Income taxes paid, net of (refunds) ............................................... $ 724,000 $ 1,445,000 $ 360,000 Sale and financing of foreclosed assets held for sale ..................... $ 149,920 $ 61,200 $ 239,229 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 61 FORM 10-K Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 Preferred Stock Common Stock Additional Paid-In Capital Treasury Stock Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Total Balance, January 1, 2014 ........... 11,983,790 678,360 57,655,031 (61,225,185) 43,769,485 Net income .................................. - 5,782,696 Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of income taxes of $1,208,565 ................................ - - - - - - - - - - - - Preferred stock redeemed ............ (12,000,000) Preferred stock discount 16,210 - - - - - - - (16,210) (338,000) - - - - - 3,960 - (644,722) 206,910 - 886,911 - (648,280) - - - (6,850,673) 22,664,985 - - - 682,320 50,366,546 (37,673,289) 48,549,691 - 5,716,767 - - - (2,506,248) 50,355,233 5,782,696 - 2,057,827 2,057,827 - (12,000,000) - - - - - - (338,000) (648,280) 242,189 210,870 - 15,814,312 (448,421) 61,476,847 5,716,767 - accretion ................................... Preferred stock dividends (5%) ... Dividends on common stock ($0.15 per share) ....................... Stock award plans ....................... Stock options exercised ............... Proceeds from issuance of common stock .......................... Balance, December 31, 2014 ..... Net income .................................. Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of income taxes of $138,330 ................................... Dividends on common stock ($0.23 per share) ....................... Stock award plans ....................... Stock options exercised ............... Balance, December 31, 2015 ..... Net income .................................. Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of income taxes of $367,121 ................................... Dividends on common stock ($0.34 per share) ....................... Treasury stock purchased ............ Stock award plans ....................... Stock options exercised ............... Balance, December 31, 2016 ..... $ - - - - - (235,535) (235,535) - - 3,580 - (108,631) 183,549 - (1,008,332) - - - - - - 685,900 50,441,464 (37,279,069) 53,258,126 - 5,594,011 - 394,220 - - - - - - (1,008,332) 285,589 187,129 (683,956) 66,422,465 5,594,011 - - - - - - (625,285) (625,285) - - - 1,650 - (1,504,855) - - - - - - - - $ 687,550 $ 50,552,077 $ (37,303,288) $ 57,347,282 $ - - 26,463 84,150 (371,538) 347,319 - (1,504,855) (371,538) 373,782 85,800 (1,309,241) $ 69,974,380 - - - - See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 62 FORM 10-K GUARANTY FEDERAL BANCSHARES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE 1: NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Nature of Operations The Company operates as a one-bank holding company. The Bank is primarily engaged in providing a full range of banking and mortgage services to individual and corporate customers in southwest Missouri. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions. The Company and the Bank are also subject to the regulation of certain federal and state agencies and receive periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities. Principles of Consolidation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank. All significant intercompany profits, transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans and fair values. In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of foreclosed assets held for sale, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties. Securities Certain debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and recorded at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity are classified as “available-for-sale” and are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income. Purchase premiums are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method. For debt securities with fair value below carrying value, when the Company does not intend to sell a debt security, and it is more likely than not, the Company will not have to sell the security before a recovery of its cost basis, it recognizes the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income. For held-to-maturity debt securities, the amount of an other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income for the noncredit portion of a previous other-than-temporary impairment is amortized prospectively over the remaining life of the security on the basis of the timing of future estimated cash flows of the security. The Company’s consolidated statements of income reflect the full impairment (that is, the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and fair value) on debt securities that the Company intends to sell or would more likely than not be required to sell before the expected recovery of the amortized cost basis. For available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities that management has no intent to sell and believes that it more likely than not will not be required to sell prior to recovery, only the credit loss component of the impairment is recognized in earnings, while the noncredit loss is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income. The credit loss component recognized in earnings is identified as the amount of principal cash flows not expected to be received over the remaining term of the security as projected based on cash flow projections. 63 FORM 10-K Mortgage Loans Held for Sale Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, determined using an aggregate basis. Write-downs to fair value are recognized as a charge to earnings at the time a decline in value occurs. Forward commitments to sell mortgage loans are sometimes acquired to reduce market risk on mortgage loans in the process of origination and mortgage loans held for sale. Gains and losses resulting from sales of mortgage loans are recognized when the respective loans are sold to investors. Gains and losses are determined by the difference between the selling price and the carrying amounts of the loans sold, and are recorded in noninterest income. Direct loan origination costs and fees are deferred at origination of the loan and are recognized in noninterest income upon sale of the loan. Loans For loans amortized at cost, interest income is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and amortized as a level yield adjustment over the respective term of the loan. The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due unless the credit is well- secured and in process of collection. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual or charged off is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. Allowance for Loan Losses The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to income. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The allowance consists of allocated and general components. The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. For those loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers nonclassified loans and is based on historical charge-off experience and expected loss given default derived from the Bank’s internal risk rating process. Other adjustments may be made to the allowance for pools of loans after an assessment of internal or external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. 64 FORM 10-K Groups of loans with similar risk characteristics are collectively evaluated for impairment based on the group’s historical loss experience adjusted for changes in trends, conditions and other relevant factors that affect repayment of the loans. Foreclosed Assets Held for Sale Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expenses from foreclosed assets. Premises and Equipment Depreciable assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged to expense using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives for each major depreciable classification of premises and equipment are as follows: Buildings and improvements ........................................................................................................................ Furniture and fixtures and vehicles ............................................................................................................... (in years) 35 - 40 3 - 10 Bank Owned Life Insurance Bank owned life insurance policies are carried at their cash surrender value. The Company recognizes tax-free income from the periodic increases in cash surrender value of these policies and from death benefits. Income Taxes The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance (ASC 740, Income Taxes). The income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues. The Company determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur. Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination. The term more likely than not means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined and upon examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. 65 FORM 10-K The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax expense. The Company files consolidated income tax returns with its subsidiary. With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal or state income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2012. Cash Equivalents The Company considers all liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2016 and 2015 cash equivalents consisted of interest-bearing deposits and money market accounts. Restriction on Cash and Due From Banks The Company is required to maintain reserve funds in cash and/or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank. The Company’s required reserve on December 31, 2016 was $1,082,000. Comprehensive Income Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable income taxes. Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized in income and unrealized gain (loss) on held-to-maturity securities for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized in income. Regulatory Matters The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct and material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Furthermore, the Company’s regulators could require adjustments to regulatory capital not reflected in these financial statements. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below). Management believes, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, that the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. As of December 31, 2016, the most recent notification from the Missouri Division of Finance and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, Tier I leverage and Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category. The Bank's actual capital amounts and ratios are also presented in the table. No amount was deducted from capital for interest-rate risk. Dollar amounts are expressed in thousands. 66 FORM 10-K Actual Amount Ratio Adequacy Purposes Amount Ratio Action Provisions Amount Ratio For Capital To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective As of December 31, 2016 Tier 1 (core) capital, and ratio to adjusted total assets Bank ......... $ 85,255 12.5% $ 27,283 4.0% $ 34,103 5.0 % Tier 1 (core) capital, and ratio to risk-weighted assets Bank ......... $ 85,255 14.0% $ 36,434 6.0% $ 48,578 8.0 % Total risk-based capital, and ratio to risk-weighted assets Bank .... $ 90,997 15.0% $ 48,578 8.0% $ 60,723 10.0 % Common equity tier 1 capital ratio to risk-weighted assets Bank .... $ 85,255 14.0% $ 27,325 4.5% $ 39,470 6.5 % Actual Amount Ratio Adequacy Purposes Amount Ratio Action Provisions Amount Ratio For Capital To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective As of December 31, 2015 Tier 1 (core) capital, and ratio to adjusted total assets Bank ......... $ 78,635 12.2% $ 25,844 4.0% $ 32,305 5.0 % Tier 1 (core) capital, and ratio to risk-weighted assets Bank ......... $ 78,635 13.4% $ 23,403 4.0% $ 35,105 6.0 % Total risk-based capital, and ratio to risk-weighted assets Bank .... $ 84,447 14.4% $ 46,806 8.0% $ 58,508 10.0 % Common equity tier 1 capital ratio to risk-weighted assets Bank .... $ 78,635 13.4% $ 26,329 4.5% $ 38,030 6.5 % The above minimum capital requirements exclude the capital conversion buffer required to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividend payments and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. The capital conservation buffer is being phased in from 0.0% for 2015 to 2.50% by 2019. The capital conversion buffer was 0.625% at December 31, 2016. The net unrealized gain or loss on available-for-sale securities is not included in computing regulatory capital. The amount of dividends that the Bank may pay is subject to various regulatory limitations. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 the Bank exceeded the minimum capital requirements. The Bank may not pay dividends which would reduce capital below the minimum requirements shown above. 67 FORM 10-K Segment Information The principal business of the Company is overseeing the business of the Bank. The Company has no significant assets other than its investment in the Bank. The banking operation is the Company’s only reportable segment. The banking segment is principally engaged in the business of originating mortgage loans secured by one-to-four family residences, multi- family, construction, commercial and consumer loans. These loans are funded primarily through the attraction of deposits from the general public, borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank and brokered deposits. Selected information is not presented separately for the Company’s reportable segment, as there is no material difference between that information and the corresponding information in the consolidated financial statements. General Litigation The Company and the Bank, from time to time, may be parties to ordinary routine litigation, which arises in the normal course of business, such as claims to enforce liens, and condemnation proceedings, on properties in which the Bank holds security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans, and other issues incident to the business of the Company and the Bank. After reviewing pending and threatened litigation with legal counsel, management believes that as of December 31, 2016, the outcome of any such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. Earnings Per Common Share The computation for earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 is as follows: Year Ended Year Ended Year Ended December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2016 Net income available to common shareholders ................................. $ Weighted average common shares outstanding ................................. Effect of dilutive securities ............................................................... Weighted average diluted shares outstanding ................................... Basic income per common share ....................................................... $ Diluted income per common share .................................................... $ 5,594,011 $ 4,363,949 56,299 4,420,248 1.28 $ 1.27 $ 5,716,767 $ 4,333,418 55,931 4,389,349 1.32 $ 1.30 $ 5,425,486 4,006,461 68,040 4,074,501 1.35 1.33 Stock options to purchase 68,500, 88,500 and 131,500 shares of common stock were outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted income per common share because their exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares. Reclassifications Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2015 and 2014 financial statements to conform to the 2016 financial statement presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on net income. 68 FORM 10-K NOTE 2: SECURITIES The amortized cost and approximate fair values, together with gross unrealized gains and losses, of securities classified as available-for-sale are as follows: Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized (Losses) Approximate Fair Value As of December 31, 2016 Debt Securities: Municipals ............................................................................... $ 39,357,506 $ Corporates ................................................................................ 7,003,986 Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities and SBA 65,673 $ (1,085,654) $ 38,337,525 (4,514) 7,053,522 54,050 loan pools .............................................................................. 48,115,793 19,432 (1,127,037) 47,008,188 $ 94,477,285 $ 139,155 $ (2,217,205) $ 92,399,235 Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized (Losses) Approximate Fair Value As of December 31, 2015 Equity Securities ......................................................................... $ Debt Securities: 102,212 $ 10,081 $ (12,776) $ 99,517 U. S. government agencies ...................................................... 8,533,885 Municipals ............................................................................... 31,132,635 Corporates ................................................................................ 3,965,719 Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities and SBA - 302,335 - (137,101) 8,396,784 (85,808) 31,349,162 (152,019) 3,813,700 loan pools .............................................................................. 54,643,681 13,764 (1,024,121) 53,633,324 $ 98,378,132 $ 326,180 $ (1,411,825) $ 97,292,487 Maturities of available-for-sale debt securities as of December 31, 2016: Maturities of Available for Sale 1-5 years .................................................................................................................. $ 5-10 years ................................................................................................................ After ten years ......................................................................................................... Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan pools not due Amortized Cost Approximate Fair Value 1,297,373 $ 11,327,059 33,737,060 1,299,297 11,187,770 32,903,980 on a single maturity date ....................................................................................... $ 48,115,793 94,477,285 $ 47,008,188 92,399,235 The amortized cost and approximate fair values, together with gross unrealized gains and losses, of securities classified as held to maturity are as follows: As of December 31, 2016 Debt Securities: Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities ................ $ 27,528 $ 625 $ - $ 28,153 Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized (Losses) Approximate Fair Value 69 FORM 10-K  Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized (Losses) Approximate Fair Value As of December 31, 2015 Debt Securities: Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities ................ $ 43,099 $ 836 $ - $ 43,935 Maturities of held-to-maturity securities as of December 31, 2016: Amortized Cost Approximate Fair Value Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities not due on a single maturity date ............ $ 27,528 $ 28,153 The carrying value of securities pledged as collateral, to secure public deposits and for other purposes, amounted to $47,617,900 and $52,095,842 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Gross gains of $261,875, $205,909 and $320,888 and gross losses of $69,338, $18,819 and $286,725 resulting from sale of available-for-sale securities were realized for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The tax effect of these net gains was $71,239, $69,223 and $12,640 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company evaluates all securities quarterly to determine if any unrealized losses are deemed to be other than temporary. Certain investment securities are valued less than their historical cost. These declines are primarily the result of the rate for these investments yielding less than current market rates, or declines in stock prices of equity securities. Based on evaluation of available evidence, management believes the declines in fair value for these securities are temporary. It is management’s intent to hold the debt securities to maturity or until recovery of the unrealized loss. Should the impairment of any of these debt securities become other than temporary, the cost basis of the investment will be reduced and the resulting loss recognized in net income in the period the other-than-temporary impairment is identified, to the extent the loss is related to credit issues, and to other comprehensive income to the extent the decline on debt securities is related to other factors and the Company does not intend to sell the security prior to recovery of the unrealized loss. No securities were written down for other-than-temporary impairment during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. Certain other investments in debt and equity securities are reported in the consolidated financial statements at an amount less than their historical cost. Total fair value of these investments at December 31, 2016 and 2015, was $79,361,229 and $68,123,480, respectively, which is approximately 86% and 70% of the Company’s investment portfolio. These declines primarily resulted from changes in market interest rates and failure of certain investments to meet projected earnings targets. 70 FORM 10-K The following table shows gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2016 and 2015. Description of Securities Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses Less than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total December 31, 2016 Municipals .................................... $33,084,816 $ (1,082,021) $ 179,402 $ Corporates .................................... 1,996,172 881,100 Government sponsored mortgage- backed securities and SBA loan pools .......................................... 39,570,463 (1,022,511) 3,649,276 (3,828) (3,633) $33,264,218 $ (1,085,654) (4,514) (686) 2,877,272 (104,526) 43,219,739 (1,127,037) $74,651,451 $ (2,108,360) $ 4,709,778 $ (108,845) $79,361,229 $ (2,217,205) Description of Securities Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses Less than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total December 31, 2015 Equity Securities .......................... $ - $ U. S. government agencies ........... 6,399,920 Municipals .................................... 6,167,019 Corporates .................................... 1,675,500 Government sponsored mortgage- backed securities and SBA loan pools ......................................... 33,072,102 - $ 35,151 $ (83,965) 1,996,864 715,410 (70,266) (79,708) 2,138,200 (12,776) $ 35,151 $ (53,136) 8,396,784 (15,542) 6,882,429 (72,311) 3,813,700 (12,776 ) (137,101 ) (85,808 ) (152,019 ) (530,256) 48,995,416 (1,024,121 ) $47,314,541 $ (727,804) $ 20,808,939 $ (684,021) $ 68,123,480 $ (1,411,825 ) (493,865) 15,923,314 NOTE 3: LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES Categories of loans at December 31, 2016 and 2015 include: December 31, 2016 2015 Real estate - residential mortgage: One to four family units ....................................................................................... $ Multi-family ........................................................................................................ Real estate - construction ........................................................................................ Real estate - commercial ......................................................................................... Commercial loans ................................................................................................... Consumer and other loans ....................................................................................... Total loans ........................................................................................................ Less: Allowance for loan losses ....................................................................................... Deferred loan fees/costs, net ................................................................................... Net loans .......................................................................................................... $ 106,410,559 $ 48,483,523 40,912,307 249,580,873 75,404,732 23,606,306 544,398,300 98,257,417 41,603,670 45,462,895 208,824,573 81,006,897 21,991,881 497,147,333 (5,742,449 ) (382,211 ) 538,273,640 $ (5,811,940) (333,486) 491,001,907 71 FORM 10-K Classes of loans by aging at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows: As of December 31, 2016 30-59 Days Past Due 60-89 Days Past Due Greater Than 90 Days Total Past Due Total Loans Receivable Current Total Loans > 90 Days and Accruing Real estate - residential mortgage: One to four family units .......... $ Multi-family ............................ Real estate - construction ............... Real estate - commercial ................ Commercial loans ........................... Consumer and other loans .............. Total ............................................ $ As of December 31, 2015 (In Thousands) 367 $ - - - - - 367 $ 495 $ - - - - - 495 $ 965 $ 105,446 $ 106,411 $ 103 $ 48,483 - 48,483 - - 40,912 40,912 - - 249,581 249,581 - 75,405 593 74,812 593 38 23,606 38 23,568 734 $ 1,596 $ 542,802 $ 544,398 $ - - - - - - - 30-59 Days Past Due 60-89 Days Past Due Greater Than 90 Days Total Past Due Total Loans Receivable Current Total Loans > 90 Days and Accruing (In Thousands) Real estate - residential mortgage: One to four family units .......... $ Multi-family ............................ Real estate - construction ............... Real estate - commercial ................ Commercial loans ........................... Consumer and other loans .............. Total ............................................ $ - $ - - - 88 2 90 $ 168 $ - - - - 8 273 $ 97,984 $ 98,257 $ 41,604 45,463 1,079 207,745 208,824 81,007 1,327 79,680 21,992 10 21,982 176 $ 2,423 $ 2,689 $ 494,458 $ 497,147 $ 105 $ - - 1,079 1,239 - - 41,604 - 45,463 - - - - - - - Nonaccruing loans are summarized as follows: Real estate - residential mortgage: One to four family units ........................................................................... $ Multi-family ............................................................................................. Real estate - construction ................................................................................ Real estate - commercial ................................................................................. Commercial loans ........................................................................................... Consumer and other loans ............................................................................... Total ............................................................................................................ $ December 31, 2016 2015 2,060,180 $ - 5,446,896 161,491 925,281 37,791 8,631,639 $ 2,272,535 - 8,079,807 1,240,909 2,149,333 12,891 13,755,475 72 FORM 10-K The following tables present the activity in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans based on portfolio segment and impairment method as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014: As of December 31, 2016 Allowance for loan losses: Balance, beginning of year Provision charged to Construction Commercial Real Estate One to four family Multi- family Commercial Consumer and Other Unallocated Total (In Thousands) $ 1,246 $ 1,526 $ 821 $ 177 $ 1,382 $ 223 $ 437 $ 5,812 expense ........................... Losses charged off ............ Recoveries ......................... Balance, end of year .............. $ Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment ... $ Ending balance: collectively 1,262 (1,222) 91 1,377 $ 198 (69) 32 1,687 $ 48 (47) 34 856 $ 29 - - 206 $ (51) (171) 8 1,168 $ 215 (190) 89 337 $ (326) $ - $ - $ 111 $ 1,375 (1,699) 254 5,742 302 $ - $ 14 $ - $ 241 $ 45 $ - $ 602 evaluated for impairment ... $ 1,075 $ 1,687 $ 842 $ 206 $ 927 $ 292 $ 111 $ 5,140 oans: Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment ... $ 5,447 $ 161 $ 2,060 $ - $ 925 $ 106 $ - $ 8,699 Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment ... $ 35,465 $ 249,420 $ 104,351 $ 48,483 $ 74,480 $ 23,500 $ - $ 535,699 As of December 31, 2015 Allowance for loan losses: Balance, beginning of year Provision charged to Construction Commercial Real Estate One to four family Multi- family Commercial Consumer and Other Unallocated Total (In Thousands) $ 1,330 $ 1,992 $ 900 $ 127 $ 1,954 $ 185 $ 101 $ 6,589 expense ........................... Losses charged off ............ Recoveries ......................... Balance, end of year .............. $ Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment .... $ Ending balance: collectively 1,139 (1,233) 10 1,246 $ (466) - - 1,526 $ - (99) 20 821 $ 50 - - 177 $ (576) - 4 1,382 $ 117 (119) 40 223 $ 336 $ - $ - $ 437 $ 600 (1,451) 74 5,812 540 $ - $ - $ - $ 312 $ 13 $ - $ 865 evaluated for impairment .... $ 706 $ 1,526 $ 821 $ 177 $ 1,070 $ 210 $ 437 $ 4,947 Loans: Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment .... $ 8,080 $ 1,241 $ 2,272 $ - $ 2,149 $ 988 $ - $ 14,730 Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment .... $ 37,383 $ 207,583 $ 95,985 $ 41,604 $ 78,858 $ 21,004 $ - $ 482,417 As of December 31, 2014 Allowance for loan losses: Balance, beginning of year Provision charged to Construction Commercial Real Estate One to four family Multi- family Commercial Consumer and Other Unallocated Total (In Thousands) $ 2,387 $ 2,059 $ 997 $ 209 $ 1,519 $ 272 $ 359 $ 7,802 expense ........................... Losses charged off ............ Recoveries ......................... Balance, end of year .............. $ Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment .... $ Ending balance: collectively (651) (411) 5 1,330 $ (157) (9) 99 1,992 $ 21 (127) 9 900 $ (82) - - 127 $ 2,388 (2,018) 65 1,954 $ 14 (150) 49 185 $ (258) $ - $ - $ 101 $ 1,275 (2,715) 227 6,589 376 $ 158 $ 36 $ - $ 203 $ 12 $ - $ 785 evaluated for impairment .... $ 954 $ 1,834 $ 864 $ 127 $ 1,751 $ 173 $ 101 $ 5,804 Loans: Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment .... $ 2,893 $ 460 $ 847 $ - $ 1,027 $ 801 $ - $ 6,028 Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment .... $ 33,892 $ 215,145 $ 97,054 $ 33,786 $ 91,087 $ 16,445 $ - $ 487,409 73 FORM 10-K A loan is considered impaired, in accordance with the impairment accounting guidance (ASC-310-10-35-16), when based on current information and events, it is probable the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. Impaired loans include nonperforming commercial loans but also include loans modified in troubled debt restructurings where concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. These concessions could include a reduction in the interest rate on the loan, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions intended to maximize collection. The following summarizes impaired loans as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015: As of December 31, 2016 Recorded Balance Unpaid Principal Balance Specific Allowance (In Thousands) Average Investment in Impaired Loans Interest Income Recognized Loans without a specific valuation allowance Real estate - residential mortgage: One to four family units ................................... $ Multi-family .................................................... Real estate - construction .................................... Real estate - commercial ..................................... Commercial loans ................................................ Consumer and other loans ................................... Loans with a specific valuation allowance Real estate - residential mortgage: One to four family units ................................... $ Multi-family .................................................... Real estate - construction .................................... Real estate - commercial ..................................... Commercial loans ................................................ Consumer and other loans ................................... Total Real estate - residential mortgage: One to four family units ................................... $ Multi-family .................................................... Real estate - construction .................................... Real estate - commercial ..................................... Commercial loans ................................................ Consumer and other loans ................................... Total .................................................................... $ 2,006 $ - 3,017 161 622 3 54 $ - 2,430 - 303 103 2,060 $ - 5,447 161 925 106 8,699 $ 2,006 $ - 3,017 161 622 3 54 $ - 3,663 - 755 103 2,060 $ - 6,680 161 1,377 106 10,384 $ - $ - - - - - 14 $ - 302 - 241 45 14 $ - 302 - 241 45 602 $ 2,165 $ - 5,427 540 868 90 27 $ - 2,195 139 447 112 2,192 $ - 7,622 679 1,315 202 12,010 $ - - - - - 2 - - - - - - - - - - - 2 2 74 FORM 10-K As of December 31, 2015 Recorded Balance Unpaid Principal Balance Specific Allowance (In Thousands) Average Investment in Impaired Loans Interest Income Recognized Loans without a specific valuation allowance Real estate - residential mortgage: One to four family units ................................... $ Multi-family .................................................... Real estate - construction .................................... Real estate - commercial ..................................... Commercial loans ................................................ Consumer and other loans ................................... Loans with a specific valuation allowance Real estate - residential mortgage: One to four family units ................................... $ Multi-family .................................................... Real estate - construction .................................... Real estate - commercial ..................................... Commercial loans ................................................ Consumer and other loans ................................... Total Real estate - residential mortgage: One to four family units ................................... $ Multi-family .................................................... Real estate - construction .................................... Real estate - commercial ..................................... Commercial loans ................................................ Consumer and other loans ................................... Total .................................................................... $ 2,272 $ - 5,730 1,241 1,538 904 - $ - 2,350 - 611 84 2,272 $ - 5,730 1,241 1,538 904 - $ - 4,838 - 914 84 2,272 $ - 8,080 1,241 2,149 988 14,730 $ 2,272 $ - 10,568 1,241 2,452 988 17,521 $ - $ - - - - - - $ - 540 - 312 13 - $ - 540 - 312 13 865 $ 1,270 $ - 1,636 234 665 88 228 $ - 3,255 - 616 118 1,498 $ - 4,891 234 1,281 206 8,110 $ 3 - - - - 1 - - - - - - 3 - - - - 1 4 Interest of approximately $200,000 was recognized on average impaired loans of $8,665,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2016, the Bank’s impaired loans shown in the table above included loans that were classified as troubled debt restructurings (TDR). The restructuring of a loan is considered a TDR if both (i) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and (ii) the creditor has granted a concession. In assessing whether or not a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, the Bank considers information currently available regarding the financial condition of the borrower. This information includes, but is not limited to, whether (i) the debtor is currently in payment default on any of its debt; (ii) a payment default is probable in the foreseeable future without the modification; (iii) the debtor has declared or is in the process of declaring bankruptcy and (iv) the debtor’s projected cash flow is sufficient to satisfy the contractual payments due under the original terms of the loan without a modification. The Bank considers all aspects of the modification to loan terms to determine whether or not a concession has been granted to the borrower. Key factors considered by the Bank include the debtor’s ability to access funds at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics, the significance of the modification relative to unpaid principal balance or collateral value of the debt, and the significance of a delay in the timing of payments relative to the original contractual terms of the loan. The most common concessions granted by the Bank generally include one or more modifications to the terms of the debt, such as (i) a reduction in the interest rate for the remaining life of the debt, (ii) an extension of the maturity date at an interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, (iii) a reduction of the face amount or maturity amount of the debt as stated in the original loan, (iv) a temporary period of interest-only payments, (v) a reduction in accrued interest, and (vi) an extension of amortization. 75 FORM 10-K The following summarizes information regarding new troubled debt restructurings by class: Real estate - residential mortgage: One to four family units ................................................. Multi-family ................................................................... Real estate - construction ...................................................... Real estate - commercial ....................................................... Commercial loans ................................................................. Consumer and other loans ..................................................... Total ................................................................................... Real estate - residential mortgage: One to four family units ................................................. Multi-family ................................................................... Real estate - construction ...................................................... Real estate - commercial ....................................................... Commercial loans ................................................................. Consumer and other loans ..................................................... Total ................................................................................... 2016 Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Balance Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Balance Number of Loans - $ - - 1 1 - 2 $ - $ - - 5,575,358 165,831 - 5,741,189 $ - - - 5,575,358 165,831 - 5,741,189 2015 Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Balance Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Balance Number of Loans 7 $ - 5 1 3 - 16 $ 1,345,358 $ - 6,889,044 161,491 750,849 - 9,146,742 $ 1,345,358 - 5,655,969 161,491 771,557 - 7,934,375 The troubled debt restructurings described above increased the allowance for loan losses by $41,458 and $0 and resulted in charge offs of $0 and $1,233,075 during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 76 FORM 10-K The following presents the troubled debt restructurings by type of modification: Interest Rate Term Combination Total Modification 2016 Real estate - residential mortgage: One to four family units ............................................... $ Multi-family ................................................................. Real estate - construction .................................................... Real estate - commercial ..................................................... Commercial loans ................................................................ Consumer and other loans ................................................... Total ................................................................................. $ - $ - - - - - - $ - $ - - - - $ - - - - - 5,575,358 5,575,358 165,831 - 165,831 $ 5,575,358 $ 5,741,189 165,831 - - - Interest Rate Term Combination Total Modification 2015 Real estate - residential mortgage: One to four family units ............................................... $ Multi-family ................................................................. Real estate - construction .................................................... Real estate - commercial ..................................................... Commercial loans ................................................................ Consumer and other loans ................................................... Total ................................................................................. $ - $ - - - - - - $ - $ 1,345,358 $ 1,345,358 - - - - 5,655,969 5,655,969 161,491 - 771,557 310,500 - - 310,500 $ 7,623,875 $ 7,934,375 161,491 461,057 - As part of the on-going monitoring of the credit quality of the Bank’s loan portfolio, management tracks loans by an internal rating system. All loans are assigned an internal credit quality rating based on an analysis of the borrower’s financial condition. The criteria used to assign quality ratings to extensions of credit that exhibit potential problems or well- defined weaknesses are primarily based upon the degree of risk and the likelihood of orderly repayment, and their effect on the Bank’s safety and soundness. The following are the internally assigned ratings: Pass-This rating represents loans that have strong asset quality and liquidity along with a multi-year track record of profitability. Special mention-This rating represents loans that are currently protected but are potentially weak. The credit risk may be relatively minor, yet constitute an increased risk in light of the circumstances surrounding a specific loan. Substandard-This rating represents loans that show signs of continuing negative financial trends and unprofitability and therefore, is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Doubtful-This rating represents loans that have all the weaknesses of substandard classified loans with the additional characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Risk characteristics applicable to each segment of the loan portfolio are described as follows. Real estate-Residential 1-4 family: The residential 1-4 family real estate loans are generally secured by owner- occupied 1-4 family residences. Repayment of these loans is primarily dependent on the personal income and credit rating of the borrowers. Credit risk in these loans can be impacted by economic conditions within the Bank’s market areas that might impact either property values or a borrower’s personal income. Risk is mitigated by the fact that the loans are of smaller individual amounts and spread over a large number of borrowers. 77 FORM 10-K Real estate-Construction: Construction and land development real estate loans are usually based upon estimates of costs and estimated value of the completed project and include independent appraisal reviews and a financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Sources of repayment of these loans may include permanent loans, sales of developed property or an interim loan commitment from the Bank until permanent financing is obtained. These loans are considered to be higher risk than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, general economic conditions and the availability of long-term financing. Credit risk in these loans may be impacted by the creditworthiness of a borrower, property values and the local economies in the Bank’s market areas. Real estate-Commercial: Commercial real estate loans typically involve larger principal amounts, and repayment of these loans is generally dependent on the successful operations of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate. Credit risk in these loans may be impacted by the creditworthiness of a borrower, property values and the local economies in the Bank’s market areas. Commercial: The commercial portfolio includes loans to commercial customers for use in financing working capital needs, equipment purchases and expansions. The loans in this category are repaid primarily from the cash flow of a borrower’s principal business operation. Credit risk in these loans is driven by creditworthiness of a borrower and the economic conditions that impact the cash flow stability from business operations. Consumer: The consumer loan portfolio consists of various term and line of credit loans such as automobile loans and loans for other personal purposes. Repayment for these types of loans will come from a borrower’s income sources that are typically independent of the loan purpose. Credit risk is driven by consumer economic factors (such as unemployment and general economic conditions in the Bank’s market area) and the creditworthiness of a borrower. The following table provides information about the credit quality of the loan portfolio using the Bank’s internal rating system as of December 31, 2016 and 2015: As of December 31, 2016 Construction Commercial Real Estate One to four family Multi- family Commercial Consumer and Other Total (In Thousands) Rating: Pass .............................................. $ Special Mention ........................... Substandard ................................. Doubtful ....................................... Total ......................................... $ 35,465 $ 242,200 $100,367 $ 48,483 $ - - - - 40,912 $ 249,581 $106,411 $ 48,483 $ 5,922 2,591 1,459 3,453 - - 5,447 - 69,093 $ 23,380 $518,988 - 13,016 4,503 226 11,810 1,225 584 584 75,405 $ 23,606 $544,398 - 78 FORM 10-K As of December 31, 2015 Construction Commercial Real Estate One to four family Multi- family (In Thousands) Commercial Consumer and Other Total Rating: Pass .............................................. $ Special Mention ........................... Substandard ................................. Doubtful ....................................... Total ......................................... $ 37,383 $ 198,230 $ 91,267 $ 41,604 $ - - - 45,463 $ 208,824 $ 98,257 $ 41,604 $ 3,657 3,319 6,937 3,671 - - 8,080 - - 73,407 $ 21,775 $ 463,666 - 9,243 2,267 217 23,635 4,730 603 603 81,007 $ 21,992 $ 497,147 - The weighted average interest rate on loans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was 4.81% and 4.87%, respectively. The Bank serviced mortgage loans for others amounting to $54,722 and $64,220 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Bank serviced commercial loans for others amounting to $5,978,363 and $7,629,058 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. NOTE 4: PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT Major classifications of premises and equipment, stated at cost, are as follows: December 31, December 31, Land ........................................................................................................................ $ Buildings and improvements ................................................................................... Automobile ............................................................................................................. Furniture, fixtures and equipment ........................................................................... Leasehold improvements ........................................................................................ Less accumulated depreciation ................................................................................ Net premises and equipment ............................................................................ $ 2016 2,251,789 $ 11,850,553 25,115 11,357,768 271,799 25,757,024 (14,885,985 ) 10,871,039 $ 2015 2,250,789 11,791,945 25,115 10,746,555 271,799 25,086,203 (14,545,775) 10,540,428 NOTE 5: BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE The Company has purchased Bank owned life insurance on certain key members of management. Such policies are recorded at their cash surrender value, or the amount that can be realized. The increase in cash surrender value in excess of the single premium paid is reported as other noninterest income. The balance at December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $19,272,893 and $18,779,915, respectively. NOTE 6: INVESTMENTS IN AFFORDABLE HOUSING PARTNERSHIPS The Company has purchased investments in limited partnerships that were formed to operate low-income housing apartment complexes and single-family housing units throughout Missouri. Effective January 2015, the investments are accounted for under the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. The Company does not have the ability to exert significant influence over the partnerships. For a minimum 15 year compliance period, each partnership must adhere to affordable housing regulatory requirements in order to maintain the utilization of the tax credits. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the net carrying values of the Company’s investments in these entities was $1,871,582 and $2,688,704, respectively, and are included in other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. 79 FORM 10-K The Company received income tax credits of $1,221,394, $1,221,394 and $1,221,394 during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Amortization of the investment costs was $817,122, $885,478 and $885,478 during each of the fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014. NOTE 7: DEPOSITS Deposits are comprised of the following at December 31, 2016 and 2015: December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 Weighted Average Rate Balance Percentage of Deposits Weighted Average Rate Balance Percentage of Deposits Demand ................. NOW ..................... Money market ....... Savings .................. Certificates: 0.00% - 0.99% ........ 1.00% - 1.99% ........ 2.00% - 3.99% ........ Total Deposits ....... 0.01% $ 80,910,910 0.30% 129,137,807 0.45% 155,529,796 0.20% 28,095,248 0.29% 393,673,761 0.54% 57,349,324 1.28% 54,319,296 2.14% 20,369 0.90% 111,688,989 0.43% $ 505,362,750 16.0% 25.6% 30.8% 5.5% 77.9% 11.3% 10.8% 0.0% 22.1% 100.0% 0.00 % $ 67,897,263 0.31 % 137,472,955 0.42 % 170,602,458 0.20 % 25,864,718 0.30 % 401,837,394 0.54 % 61,061,577 1.31 % 53,142,739 2.17 % 1,343,985 0.91 % 115,548,301 0.43 % $ 517,385,695 13.1% 26.6% 33.0% 5.0% 77.7% 11.7% 10.2% 0.3% 22.3% 100.0% The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum balance of $100,000 was approximately $63,697,000 and $63,442,000, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum balance of $250,000 was approximately $11,798,000 and $6,009,000, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. A summary of certificates of deposit by maturity as of December 31, 2016, is as follows: 2017 ...................................................................................................................................................... $ 2018 ...................................................................................................................................................... 2019 ...................................................................................................................................................... 2020 ...................................................................................................................................................... 2021 ...................................................................................................................................................... Thereafter .............................................................................................................................................. $ 71,182,536 20,032,460 10,262,403 4,787,609 4,003,063 1,420,918 111,688,989 80 FORM 10-K A summary of interest expense on deposits is as follows: Years ended December 31, 2015 2016 NOW and Money Market accounts ....................................... $ Savings accounts ................................................................... Certificate accounts ............................................................... Early withdrawal penalties .................................................... $ 1,235,359 $ 55,094 1,002,872 (9,343 ) 2,283,982 $ 1,276,808 $ 49,467 1,102,928 (5,332 ) 2,423,871 $ 2014 1,242,158 49,071 1,050,081 (12,220) 2,329,090 The Bank utilizes brokered deposits as an additional funding source. The aggregate amount of brokered deposits was approximately $41,456,000 and $45,794,000 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. NOTE 8: BORROWINGS Federal Home Loan Bank Advances Federal Home Loan Bank advances consist of the following: Maturity Date Amount Weighted Average Rate Weighted Average Rate Amount December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 2017 .............................................................................................. 43,600,000 2018 .............................................................................................. 50,000,000 2019 .............................................................................................. 2,100,000 $ 95,700,000 0.79% - 2.14% 50,000,000 4.87% 2,100,000 1.72% $52,100,000 0.00% 2.14% 4.87% 2.25% The FHLB requires the Bank to maintain collateral in relation to outstanding balances of advances. For collateral purposes, the FHLB values mortgage loans free of other pledges, liens and encumbrances at 80% of their fair value, and investment securities free of other pledges, liens and encumbrances at 95% of their fair value. Based on existing collateral as well as the FHLB’s limitation of advances to 35% of assets, the Bank has the ability to borrow an additional $59.8 million from the FHLB, as of December 31, 2016. Federal Reserve Bank Borrowings During 2008, the Bank established a borrowing line with the Federal Reserve Bank. The Bank has the ability to borrow $25.2 million as of December 31, 2016. The Federal Reserve Bank requires the Bank to maintain collateral in relation to borrowings outstanding. The Bank had no borrowings outstanding on this line as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase In January 2008, the Company borrowed $30.0 million under three structured repurchase agreements. Interest was based on a fixed weighted average rate of 2.65% until maturity in January 2018. Beginning in February 2010, the counterparty, Barclay’s Capital, Inc., had the option to terminate the agreements on a quarterly basis until maturity. 81 FORM 10-K Prior to the stated maturity date, the Company paid off one of these agreements in the amount $15.0 million in May 2013 and another agreement in the amount of $5.0 million in November 2011. In June 2015, the Company executed a structured transaction in order to pay off the remaining $10.0 million, prior to its stated maturity date, incurring a prepayment penalty of $463,992. NOTE 9: SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES During 2005, the Company formed two wholly owned grantor trust subsidiaries, Guaranty Statutory Trust I and Guaranty Statutory Trust II, to issue preferred securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the trusts and to invest the gross proceeds of the preferred securities in notes of the Company. Trust I issued $5,000,000 of preferred securities and Trust II issued $10,000,000 of preferred securities. The sole assets of Trust I were originally $5,155,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s fixed rate subordinated debenture notes due 2036, which were redeemable beginning in 2011. The sole assets of Trust II were originally $10,310,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s fixed/variable rate subordinated debenture notes due 2036, which were redeemable beginning in 2011. Trust II subordinated debenture notes bear interest at a fixed rate for five years and thereafter at a floating rate based on LIBOR. The preferred securities qualify as either Tier I or Tier II capital for regulatory purposes, subject to certain limitations. NOTE 10: INCOME TAXES As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, retained earnings included approximately $5,075,000 for which no deferred income tax liability has been recognized. This amount represents an allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only. Reduction of amounts so allocated for purposes other than tax bad debt losses or adjustments arising from carryback of net operating losses would create income for tax purposes only, which would be subject to the then current corporate income tax rate. The unrecorded deferred income tax liability on the above amount was approximately $1,878,000 as of both December 31, 2016 and 2015. The provision for income taxes consists of: Years Ended December 31, 2015 2014 2016 Taxes currently payable ........................................................ $ Deferred income taxes ........................................................... $ 1,889,673 $ 123,091 2,012,764 $ 2,140,591 $ 320,738 2,461,329 $ 1,445,947 666,561 2,112,508 82 FORM 10-K The tax effects of temporary differences related to deferred taxes shown on the December 31, 2016 and 2015 balance sheets are: Deferred tax assets: December 31, December 31, 2016 2015 Allowances for loan losses .................................................................................. $ Writedowns on foreclosed assets held for sale .................................................... Deferred loan fees/costs ....................................................................................... Unrealized depreciation on available-for-sale securities ..................................... Tax Credits .......................................................................................................... Other .................................................................................................................... Deferred tax liabilities: FHLB stock dividends ......................................................................................... Accumulated depreciation ................................................................................... Other .................................................................................................................... Net deferred tax asset .............................................................................................. $ 1,952,433 $ 681,281 56,209 768,879 521,441 228,996 4,209,239 (46,481) (642,977) (45,646) (735,104) 3,474,135 $ 1,976,060 773,652 123,390 401,688 - 446,122 3,720,912 (51,713) (368,245) (70,849) (490,807) 3,230,105 A reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory rate to income tax expense at the Company’s effective rate is shown below: Years ended December 31, Computed at statutory rate ......................................................... Increase (reduction) in taxes resulting from: State financial institution tax and credits ................................. Cash surrender value of life insurance .................................... Tax exempt interest ................................................................ Other ....................................................................................... Actual effective rate ................................................................... 2016 2015 2014 34.0% 34.0% 34.0% (4.2%) (2.2%) (3.3%) 2.2% 26.5% (4.8%) (1.5%) (1.7%) 4.1% 30.1% (3.4%) (1.6%) (1.4%) (0.8%) 26.8% NOTE 11: DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements, defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Topic 820 also specifies a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value: Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities Level 3: Unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity and are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities 83 FORM 10-K The following is a description of the inputs and valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as well as the general classification of such assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy. Available-for-sale securities: Where quoted market prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include equity securities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows. Level 2 securities include U.S. government agencies, municipals, U.S. corporate and government sponsored mortgage- backed securities. The Company has no Level 3 securities. The following table presents the fair value measurements of assets recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall at December 31, 2016 and 2015 (dollar amounts in thousands): As of December 31, 2016 Financial assets: Debt securities: Level 1 inputs Level 2 inputs Level 3 inputs Total fair value Municipals ............................................................................... $ Corporates ................................................................................ Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan pools .............................................................................. Available-for-sale securities ........................................................ $ - $ - - - $ 38,338 $ 7,053 47,008 92,399 $ - $ - - - $ 38,338 7,053 47,008 92,399 As of December 31, 2015 Financial assets: Equity securities: Level 1 inputs Level 2 inputs Level 3 inputs Total fair value Other ........................................................................................ $ 99 $ - $ Debt securities: U.S. government agencies ....................................................... Municipals ............................................................................... Corporates ................................................................................ Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities and SBA - - - 8,397 31,349 3,814 loan pools .............................................................................. Available-for-sale securities ........................................................ $ - 99 $ 53,633 97,193 $ - $ - - - - - $ 99 8,397 31,349 3,814 53,633 97,292 The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as well as the general classification of such assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy. Foreclosed Assets Held for Sale: Fair value is estimated using recent appraisals, comparable sales and other estimates of value obtained principally from independent sources, adjusted for selling costs. Foreclosed assets held for sale are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Impaired loans (Collateral Dependent): Loans for which it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest due according to contractual terms are measured for impairment. Allowable methods for determining the amount of impairment include estimating fair value using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans. 84 FORM 10-K If the impaired loan is identified as collateral dependent, then the fair value method of measuring the amount of impairment is utilized. This method requires obtaining a current independent appraisal of the collateral and applying a discount factor to the value. Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy when impairment is determined using the fair value method. The following table presents the fair value measurement of assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall at December 31, 2016 and 2015 (dollar amounts in thousands): Impaired loans: December 31, 2016 ..................................................... $ December 31, 2015 ..................................................... $ - $ - $ - $ 1,006 $ 1,006 - $ 12,923 $ 12,923 Level 1 inputs Level 2 inputs Level 3 inputs Total fair value Foreclosed assets held for sale: December 31, 2016 ..................................................... $ December 31, 2015 ..................................................... $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 149 $ 149 - $ - Level 1 inputs Level 2 inputs Level 3 inputs Total fair value There were no transfers between valuation levels for any asset during the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015. If valuation techniques are deemed necessary, the Company considers those transfers to occur at the end of the period when the assets are valued. The following table presents quantitative information about unobservable inputs used in nonrecurring Level 3 fair value measurements (dollar amounts in thousands): Fair Value December 31, 2016 Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range (Weighted Average) Impaired loans (collateral dependent) .. $ 1,006 Market Comparable Foreclosed assets held for sale ............. $ 149 Market Comparable Discount to reflect realizable value Discount to reflect realizable value 0% - 100% (7%) Fair Value December 31, 2015 Valuation Technique Unobservable Input 10% Range (Weighted Average) Impaired loans (collateral dependent) ... $ 5,000 Market Comparable Foreclosed assets held for sale .............. $ - Market Comparable Discount to reflect realizable value Discount to reflect realizable value 0% - 23% (4%) 0% 85 FORM 10-K The following methods were used to estimate the fair value of all other financial instruments recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at amounts other than fair value. Cash and cash equivalents, interest-bearing deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank stock The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate those assets' fair value. Held-to-maturity securities Fair value is based on quoted market prices, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities. Loans The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the market rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. Loans with similar characteristics were aggregated for purposes of the calculations. The carrying amount of accrued interest and mortgage loans held for sale approximates these fair values. Deposits Deposits include demand deposits, savings accounts, NOW accounts and certain money market deposits. The carrying amount approximates fair value. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve advances and securities sold under agreements to repurchase The fair value of advances and securities sold under agreements to repurchase is estimated by using rates on debt with similar terms and remaining maturities. Subordinated debentures and notes payable For these variable rate instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. There is currently a limited market for similar debt instruments and the Company has the option to call the subordinated debentures at an amount close to its par value. Interest payable The carrying amount approximates fair value. Commitments to originate loans, letters of credit and lines of credit The fair value of commitments to originate loans is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present credit worthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value of letters of credit and lines of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date. 86 FORM 10-K The following table presents estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2016 and 2015. Carrying Amount December 31, 2016 Fair Value Hierarchy Level Carrying Amount December 31, 2015 Fair Value Hierarchy Level Financial assets: Cash and cash equivalents ......... $ 9,088,441 $ 9,088,441 Held-to-maturity securities ........ 28,153 Federal Home Loan Bank stock . 4,611,000 4,611,000 Mortgage loans held for sale ...... 2,183,633 2,183,633 Loans, net ................................... 538,273,640 537,645,692 Interest receivable ...................... 1,947,063 1,947,063 27,528 Financial liabilities: Deposits ..................................... 505,362,750 504,829,161 FHLB and Federal Reserve advances ................................... 95,700,000 95,764,840 Subordinated debentures ............ 15,465,000 15,465,000 207,833 Interest payable .......................... 207,833 43,099 1 $ 18,774,419 $ 18,774,419 2 43,935 2 2,837,500 2,837,500 2 1,902,933 1,902,933 3 491,001,907 495,207,798 2 1,986,692 1,986,692 2 517,385,695 511,225,380 2 52,100,000 53,227,960 3 15,465,000 15,465,000 196,102 2 196,102 Unrecognized financial instruments ................................. (net of contractual value): Commitments to extend credit ... Unused lines of credit ................ - - - - - - - - - - 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 - - NOTE 12: SIGNIFICANT ESTIMATES AND CONCENTRATIONS Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require disclosure of certain significant estimates and current vulnerabilities due to certain concentrations. Estimates related to the allowance for loan losses are reflected in the footnote regarding loans. Current vulnerabilities due to certain concentrations of credit risk are discussed in the footnote regarding loans. NOTE 13: EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS Equity Plans On May 27, 2015, the Company’s stockholders voted to approve the Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Plan (the”2015 Plan”). The Plan provides for the grant of up to 250,000 shares of Common Stock under equity awards including stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance units, or other equity-based awards payable in cash or stock to key employees and directors of the Company and the Bank. As of December 31, 2016, restricted stock for 27,645 shares of Common Stock has been granted under the Plan. On May 26, 2010, the Company’s stockholders voted to approve the Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. 2010 Equity Plan (the”2010 Plan”). The Plan provides for the grant of up to 200,000 shares of Common Stock under equity awards including stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance units, or other equity-based awards payable in cash or stock to key employees and directors of the Company and the Bank. As of December 31, 2016, non-incentive stock options for 25,000 shares and restricted stock for 139,330 shares of Common Stock have been granted under the Plan. In addition, the Company established four stock option plans for the benefit of certain directors, officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiary. A committee of the Company’s Board of Directors administers the plans. The stock options under these plans may be either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. Incentive stock options can be granted only to participants who are employees of the Company or its subsidiary. The option price must not be less than the market value of the Company stock on the date of grant. All options expire no later than ten years from the date of grant. The options vest at the rate of 20% per year over a five-year period. 87 FORM 10-K Weighted Average Exercise Price 16.54 - 5.33 19.03 18.23 - 5.22 25.19 19.58 5.20 28.28 20.15 20.15 121,000 - (14,500) (24,000) 82,500 - (25,000) - 57,500 - (5,000) - 52,500 $ 52,500 $ The tables below summarize transactions under the Company’s equity plans: Stock Options Number of shares Incentive Stock Option Non-Incentive Stock Option Balance outstanding as of January 1, 2014 ....................................... Granted .......................................................................................... Exercised ....................................................................................... Forfeited ........................................................................................ Balance outstanding as of December 31, 2014 ................................. Granted .......................................................................................... Exercised ....................................................................................... Forfeited ........................................................................................ Balance outstanding as of December 31, 2015 ................................. Granted .......................................................................................... Exercised ....................................................................................... Forfeited ........................................................................................ Balance outstanding as of December 31, 2016 ................................. Options exercisable as of December 31, 2016 .................................. 168,100 - (25,100) (2,700) 140,300 - (10,800) (38,000) 91,500 - (11,500) (20,000) 60,000 60,000 88 FORM 10-K Restricted Stock Number of shares Weighted Average Grant- Date Price Balance of shares non-vested as of January 1, 2014 ............................................... Granted ................................................................................................................ Vested .................................................................................................................. Forfeited .............................................................................................................. Balance of shares non-vested as of December 31, 2014 ......................................... Granted ................................................................................................................ Vested .................................................................................................................. Forfeited .............................................................................................................. Balance of shares non-vested as of December 31, 2015 ......................................... Granted ................................................................................................................ Vested .................................................................................................................. Forfeited .............................................................................................................. Balance of shares non-vested as of December 31, 2016 ......................................... 27,629 $ 34,562 (31,688) - 30,503 28,951 (15,083) (894) 43,477 24,679 (7,201) - 60,955 $ 7.39 10.99 8.55 - 10.26 14.78 11.64 12.26 12.75 15.01 13.13 - 13.62 As of December 31, 2016, total outstanding stock options of 112,500 had a remaining contractual life of 1.35 years. The total intrinsic value of outstanding stock options was $660,120 and $565,025 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The total intrinsic value of outstanding exercisable stock options was $660,120 and $565,025 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The fair value of options vested during 2016, 2015, and 2014 was $0, $143,350 and $361,517, respectively. In February 2016, the Company granted 9,336 shares of restricted stock to directors that have a one year cliff vesting. In February 2015 and 2014, the Company granted 8,281 and 11,242 of restricted stock to directors that was fully vested and thus, expensed in full during the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In June 2015, the Company granted 966 shares of restricted stock to directors that have a cliff vesting at the end of three years. The expense is being recognized over the applicable vesting period. The expense relating to these awards for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $126,032, $124,910 and $122,538, respectively. During 2016, the Company granted 15,343 shares of restricted stock to officers that have a cliff vesting at the end of three years. During 2015, the Company granted 19,704 shares of restricted stock to officers that have a cliff vesting at the end of three years. During 2014, the Company granted 23,320 shares of restricted stock to officers that have a cliff vesting at the end of three years. The expense is being recognized over the applicable vesting period. The expense relating to these awards for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $267,606, $176,644 and $102,099, respectively. Total stock-based compensation expense is comprised of expense for restricted stock awards and stock options. Expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $393,638, $297,295 and $254,340, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, there was $287,443 of unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested restricted stock awards, which will be recognized over the remaining vesting periods. 89 FORM 10-K NOTE 14: NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, (Topic 606): Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). The scope of the guidance applies to revenue arising from contracts with customers, except for the following: lease contracts, insurance contracts, contractual rights and obligations within the scope of other guidance and nonmonetary exchanges between entities in the same line of business to facilitate sales to customers. The core principle of the new guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to reflect the transfer of goods and services to customers in an amount equal to the consideration that the entity receives or expects to receive. ASU 2014-09 is not expected to significantly impact the timing or approach to revenue recognition for financial institutions. Initially, the amendments were effective for public entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, however, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) – Deferral of the Effective Date” which deferred the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year to annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The guidance does not apply to revenue associated with financial instruments, including loans and securities that are accounted for under GAAP, which comprises a significant portion of our revenue stream. As the Company plans to adopt the new guidance in the first quarter of 2018, it is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09 on its consolidated financial statements, but at this time do not believe the standard will have a significant impact on the financial statements, other than the required new disclosures. In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments- Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”). ASU 2016-01 simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments, clarifies reporting disclosure requirements for financial instruments measured at amortized cost, and requires the exit price notion be disclosed when measuring fair value of financial instruments. ASU 2016-01 details the required separate presentation in other comprehensive income for the change in fair value of a liability related to change in instrument specific credit risk and details the required separate presentation of financial assets and liabilities by measurement category, and clarifies the guidance for a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets related to available-for- sale securities. ASU 2016-01 is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Adoption of ASU 2016-01 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). ASU 2016-02 establishes a right-of- use (ROU) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of our pending adoption of the new standard on our consolidated financial statements, but at this time do not believe the standard will have a significant impact on the financial statements. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The purpose of the update was to simplify the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences of such transactions. Under the provisions of the update the income tax consequences of excess tax benefits and deficiencies should be recognized in income tax expense in the reporting period in which the awards vest. Currently, excess tax benefits or deficiencies impact stockholders’ equity directly to the extent there is a cumulative excess tax benefit. In the event that a tax deficiency has occurred during the reporting period and a cumulative excess tax benefit does not exist, the tax deficiency is recognized in income tax expense under current GAAP. The update also provides that entities may continue to estimate forfeitures in accounting for stock based compensation or recognize them as they occur. The provisions of this update become effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The update requires a modified retrospective transition under which a cumulative effect to equity will be recognized in the period of adoption. Management does not expect the requirements of this update to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 90 FORM 10-K In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. Among other things, the amendments in this ASU require the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will now use forward-looking information to better inform their credit loss estimates. Many of the loss estimation techniques applied today will still be permitted, although the inputs to those techniques will change to reflect the full amount of expected credit losses. In addition, the ASU amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. For SEC filers, the amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019, with later effective dates for non-SEC registrant public companies and other organizations. Early adoption will be permitted for all organizations for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of ASU No. 2016-13 to determine the potential impact the new standard will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and it is too early at this time to determine the impact on the financial statements. In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The update is intended to reduce the diversity in practice around how certain transactions are classified within the statement of cash flows with respect to eight types of cash flows. This new accounting guidance will be effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Adoption of ASU 2016-15 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. NOTE 15: PREFERRED STOCK AND COMMON STOCK WARRANT On January 30, 2009, the Company issued and sold, and the Treasury purchased, (1) 17,000 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock Series A (the “Series A Preferred Shares”), and (2) a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 459,459 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $5.55 per share (the “Warrant”), for an aggregate purchase price of $17.0 million. The Certificate of Designations by which the Series A Preferred Shares were created (the “Certificate of Designations”) provided, among other things, that the Series A Preferred Shares were redeemable at the liquidation amount of $1,000 per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends. The Certificate of Designations also provided for a dividend rate of 5% per annum for the first five years from the date of issuance which increased to 9% per annum thereafter. The Series A Preferred Shares qualified as Tier 1 capital. On June 13, 2012, with regulatory approval, the Company redeemed 5,000 Series A Preferred Shares for $5 million plus accrued and unpaid dividends of $19,444, leaving 12,000 Series A Preferred Shares remaining outstanding and owned by Treasury. The Company entered into a Placement Agency Agreement with the Treasury on April 15, 2013 in connection with a private auction by the Treasury of all of its remaining 12,000 Series A Preferred Shares which was conducted immediately thereafter (the “Private Auction”). On April 29, 2013, the Treasury settled the sale of such Series A Preferred Shares to the winning bidders in the Private Auction, consisting of six parties unrelated to the Company. 91 FORM 10-K Shortly thereafter, the Company repurchased the Warrant from Treasury pursuant to the terms thereof for the aggregate purchase price of $2,003,250 in cash. As a result of the Warrant repurchase, the Company’s participation in the CPP was completed. On April 3, 2014, the Company received approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to redeem the Company’s remaining 12,000 Series A Preferred Shares from the parties who had purchased them from Treasury or their affiliates, for the liquidation amount of $12 million plus accrued but unpaid dividends of $19.50 per Series A Preferred Share. At the time of the redemption, the Series A Preferred Shares carried a coupon rate of 9.0% per annum. The Company provided the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock with a formal notice of redemption and thirty days thereafter redeemed the Series A Preferred Stock on May 7, 2014, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. NOTE 16: COMMON STOCK OFFERING On March 7, 2014, the Company closed an underwritten offering of its common stock. The Company raised approximately $17.2 million in gross proceeds by selling 1,499,999 shares of its Treasury Stock, which includes the full exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters of 195,652 shares, at a price to the public of $11.50 per share. Net proceeds from the sale of the shares after underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses were approximately $15.8 million. The Company used the net proceeds from the offering to redeem the remaining 12,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock on May 7, 2014 and used the remaining net proceeds for working capital and for general corporate purposes, including increasing capital for future acquisitions. NOTE 17: OTHER EXPENSES Other expenses for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were as follows: December 31, December 31, December 31, 2015 2016 2014 Directors compensation ..................................................................... $ Outside services ................................................................................ Legal expense .................................................................................... Deposit expense ................................................................................ Office supplies .................................................................................. Telephone .......................................................................................... Postage .............................................................................................. Insurance ........................................................................................... Supervisory exam .............................................................................. Accounting ........................................................................................ Organization dues .............................................................................. Loan expense ..................................................................................... Contributions ..................................................................................... ATM expense .................................................................................... Other operating .................................................................................. 221,072 $ 132,500 251,051 139,234 94,189 158,434 141,529 115,430 53,951 210,939 145,709 271,739 60,000 152,581 673,565 216,770 $ 75,000 275,657 77,862 74,798 141,674 155,901 113,341 51,433 171,759 137,723 397,438 52,500 238,744 491,941 215,465 96,660 246,545 67,710 77,909 118,268 149,379 106,139 57,359 217,280 146,845 269,016 50,004 253,457 641,638 $ 2,821,923 $ 2,672,541 $ 2,713,674 92 FORM 10-K NOTE 18: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has granted loans to executive officers and directors and their affiliates. Annual activity consisted of the following: 2016 Year ended December 31, 2015 2014 Balance, beginning of year .................................................... $ New Loans ......................................................................... Repayments ....................................................................... 3,946,621 $ 3,112,689 (1,237,174 ) 4,409,644 $ - (463,023 ) 6,483,503 394,269 (2,468,128) Balance, end of year .............................................................. $ 5,822,136 $ 3,946,621 $ 4,409,644 In management's opinion, such loans and other extensions of credit and deposits were made in the ordinary course of business and were made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons. Further, in management's opinion, these loans did not involve more than normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. NOTE 19: COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT RISK Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since a portion of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by- case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate fixed-rate mortgage loans of approximately $6,152,000 and $4,218,000, respectively. The commitments extend over varying periods of time with the majority being disbursed within a thirty-day period. Standby letters of credit are irrevocable conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Financial standby letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing and similar transactions. Performance standby letters of credit are issued to guarantee performance of certain customers under non-financial contractual obligations. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. Fees for letters of credit are initially recorded by the Bank as deferred revenue and are included in earnings at the termination of the respective agreements. Should the Bank be obligated to perform under the standby letters of credit, the Bank may seek recourse from the customer for reimbursement of amounts paid. The Bank had total outstanding standby letters of credit amounting to $11,596,000 and $12,135,000 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, with terms ranging from 1 year to 2 years. The Bank has confirming letters of credit from the FHLB issued for collateral on public deposits and to enhance Bank issued letters of credit granted to various customers for industrial revenue bond issues. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, these letters of credit aggregated approximately $19,725,000 and $20,028,000. Lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Lines of credit generally have fixed expiration dates. Since a portion of the line may expire without being drawn upon, the total unused lines do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Each customer's credit worthiness is evaluated on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate. Management uses the same credit policies in granting lines of credit as it does for on balance sheet instruments. 93 FORM 10-K As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, unused lines of credit to borrowers aggregated approximately $89,103,000 and $68,066,000, respectively, for commercial lines and $15,960,000 and $14,461,000, respectively, for open-end consumer lines. NOTE 20: CONDENSED PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS The condensed balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 for the parent company, Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc., are as follows: Condensed Balance Sheets Assets Cash ......................................................................................................................... $ Available-for-sale securities .................................................................................... Investment in subsidiary .......................................................................................... Investment in Capital Trust I & II ........................................................................... Prepaid expenses and other assets ........................................................................... Refundable income taxes ........................................................................................ Deferred income taxes ............................................................................................. $ Liabilities Subordinated debentures ......................................................................................... $ Accrued expenses and other liabilities .................................................................... Due to subsidiary ..................................................................................................... December 31, 2016 2015 1,571,915 $ - 83,946,411 465,000 14,597 - - 85,997,923 $ 3,642,158 99,517 77,953,486 465,000 13,894 119,379 9,985 82,303,419 15,465,000 $ 551,643 6,900 15,465,000 409,054 6,900 Stockholders' equity Common stock ........................................................................................................ Additional paid-in capital ........................................................................................ Retained earnings .................................................................................................... Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net ............................................... Treasury stock ......................................................................................................... $ 687,550 50,552,077 57,347,282 (1,309,241 ) (37,303,288 ) 85,997,923 $ 685,900 50,441,464 53,258,126 (683,956) (37,279,069) 82,303,419 94 FORM 10-K Condensed Statements of Income Years ended December 31, 2015 2014 2016 Income Dividends from subsidiary bank .................................................... $ Interest income: Other .......................................................................................... - $ - $ - 50,332 50,332 16,200 16,200 16,069 16,069 Expense Interest expense: Related party .............................................................................. Other .............................................................................................. Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries ........................................................... Credit for income taxes ..................................................................... Income (loss) before equity in undistributed earnings of 579,410 931,816 1,511,226 538,785 734,780 1,273,565 533,207 765,848 1,299,055 (1,460,894) (435,000) (1,257,365 ) (415,000 ) (1,282,986) (399,000) subsidiaries ...................................................................................... Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries ................................. Net income ........................................................................................ $ (1,025,894) 6,619,905 5,594,011 $ (842,365 ) 6,559,132 5,716,767 $ (883,986) 6,666,682 5,782,696 95 FORM 10-K Condensed Statements of Cash Flows Cash Flows From Operating Activities Years ended December 31, 2015 2014 2016 Net income ..................................................................................... $ Items not requiring (providing) cash: 5,594,011 $ 5,716,767 $ 5,782,696 Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries .......................... Deferred income taxes ............................................................... Stock award plan expense .......................................................... Gain on investment securities .................................................... (6,619,905) 8,988 373,782 (18,889) (6,559,132 ) - 285,589 - (6,666,682) (17,976) 242,189 - Changes in: Prepaid expenses and other assets .............................................. Income taxes payable/refundable ............................................... Accrued expenses ....................................................................... Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities .......................... (700) 139,837 32,450 (490,426) 2,060 1,096,653 (95,779 ) 446,158 157,745 326,287 55,519 (120,222) Cash Flows From Investing Activities Proceeds from sales of AFS securities ........................................... Net cash provided by investing activities .......................................... 121,101 121,101 - - - - Cash Flows From Financing Activities Proceeds from issuance of common stock ..................................... Stock options exercised ................................................................. Cash dividends paid on common and preferred stock ................... Treasury Stock purchased .............................................................. Redemption of preferred stock ...................................................... Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities .......................... - 85,800 (1,415,180) (371,538) - (1,700,918) - 187,129 (873,499 ) 15,814,312 210,870 (844,786) - (686,370 ) (12,000,000) 3,180,396 Increase (Decrease) in cash ............................................................. (2,070,243) (240,212 ) 3,060,174 Cash, beginning of year .................................................................. 3,642,158 3,882,370 822,196 Cash, end of year ............................................................................. $ 1,571,915 $ 3,642,158 $ 3,882,370 96 FORM 10-K Statements of Comprehensive Income NET INCOME OTHER ITEMS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS): $ Change in unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities Years ended December 31, 2015 5,716,767 $ 2016 5,594,011 $ 2014 5,782,696 available-for-sale, before income taxes ...................................... 2,695 (5,507 ) 5,718 Income tax expense related to other items of comprehensive income ........................................................................................ Other comprehensive income (loss) .............................................. Comprehensive income (loss) of Bank .......................................... TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ...................................... $ (997) 3,692 (628,977) 4,968,726 $ 2,038 (7,545 ) (227,990 ) 5,481,232 $ 2,117 3,601 2,054,226 7,840,523 NOTE 21: UNAUDITED QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS Year Ended December 31, 2016, Quarter ended Mar-16 Jun-16 Sep-16 Dec-16 Interest income ............................................................................ $ 6,205,045 $ 6,204,314 $ 6,354,303 $ 6,625,664 Interest expense ........................................................................... 1,025,411 1,026,782 1,056,181 1,068,638 Net interest income ..................................................................... 5,179,634 5,177,532 5,298,122 5,557,026 425,000 Provision for loan losses ............................................................. 544,172 Gain on loans and investment securities ..................................... Other noninterest income, net ..................................................... 722,299 Noninterest expense .................................................................... 4,109,476 4,309,394 4,317,707 4,364,169 Income before income taxes ........................................................ 1,803,980 1,672,551 2,095,916 2,034,328 514,981 Provision for income taxes .......................................................... Net income available to common shareholders ........................... $ 1,276,605 $ 1,256,152 $ 1,541,907 $ 1,519,347 0.35 Basic income per common share ................................................. $ 0.34 Diluted income per common share .............................................. $ 375,000 525,644 653,769 200,000 658,205 657,296 375,000 470,456 638,366 0.29 $ 0.28 $ 0.35 $ 0.35 $ 0.29 $ 0.29 $ 527,375 416,399 554,009 Year Ended December 31, 2015, Quarter ended Mar-15 Jun-15 Sep-15 Dec-15 Interest income ............................................................................ $ 6,287,637 $ 6,386,510 $ 6,229,091 $ 6,286,396 Interest expense ........................................................................... 1,091,690 1,112,376 1,046,661 1,029,155 Net interest income ..................................................................... 5,195,947 5,274,134 5,182,430 5,257,241 250,000 Provision for loan losses ............................................................. 356,351 Gain on loans and investment securities ..................................... Other noninterest income, net ..................................................... 586,089 Noninterest expense .................................................................... 4,078,722 4,514,944 4,052,003 3,964,059 Income before income taxes ........................................................ 1,917,981 2,234,107 2,040,386 1,985,622 554,983 Provision for income taxes ........................................................... Net income available to common shareholders ........................... $ 1,329,544 $ 1,537,949 $ 1,418,635 $ 1,430,639 0.33 Basic income per common share ................................................. $ 0.33 Diluted income per common share .............................................. $ - 820,828 654,089 200,000 416,177 693,782 150,000 334,910 615,846 0.35 $ 0.35 $ 0.33 $ 0.32 $ 0.31 $ 0.30 $ 588,437 696,158 621,751 97 FORM 10-K Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. Springfield, Missouri We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing auditing procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Our audits also included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. BKD, LLP Springfield, Missouri March 24, 2017 FORM 10-KItem 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants On Accounting and Financial Disclosure Not applicable. Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Disclosure Controls and Procedures The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on the foregoing evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2016. Internal Control Over Financial Reporting There have been no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting during the fourth quarter ending December 31, 2016 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting. 99 FORM 10-K Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting The management of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention of overriding controls. Accordingly, even effective internal controls over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on the framework set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on that assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2016, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective. Item 9B. Other Information Not applicable. 100 FORM 10-K Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance PART III The information contained under the section captioned "First Proposal: Election of Directors" (excluding any information contained under the section captioned “Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors”) of the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics, and it applies to all of the members of the board of directors, officers and employees of the Company (including the Bank), with special emphasis on compliance by the directors of the Company and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer or Controller or persons performing similar functions for the Company. The Company’s Code of Conduct and Ethics is available on the Company’s website at www.gbankmo.com and may be accessed by logging onto the Company’s website and clicking on the “About Us” link and then the “Code of Conduct” link. You will then be able to click on, and access, the Company’s Code of Conduct and Ethics. Amendments to, and waivers granted under, the Company’s Code of Conduct and Ethics, if any, will be posted to the Company’s website as well. The information required by Item 10 regarding an audit committee financial expert and the identification of the members of the audit committee, a separately designated committee of the Company’s board of directors established in accordance with section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, is contained under the section captioned “Report of the Audit Committee” of the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. Additional information required by this item is contained (i) in the Proxy Statement under the section captioned "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" and is incorporated herein by reference, and (ii) under the section captioned "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Item 1 of this report. Item 11. Executive Compensation The information contained in the Proxy Statement under the section captioned "Report of the Compensation Committee” is incorporated herein by reference. Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Information required by this item is contained under the section captioned "Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 101 FORM 10-K The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2016 with respect to equity plans under which shares of the Company’s common stock may be issued: (c) Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (a) Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (b) Weighted- average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights Plan category Equity compensation plans approved by security holders ............ 112,500 $ 20.15 222,355 Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders ...... - - - Totals ........................................................................................... 112,500 $ 20.15 222,355 Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence The information required by this item is contained under the sections captioned "Indebtedness of Management and Directors and Transactions with Certain Related Persons" and “Director Independence” in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services The information required by this item is contained under the section captioned "Principal Accountant Fees and Services" in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Schedules 1. Financial Statements PART IV The following consolidated financial statements and the report of independent registered public accounting firm are filed as part of this report under Item 8. Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 102 FORM 10-K 2. Financial statement schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted. 3. The following exhibits are filed with this Report or incorporated herein by reference: Exhibit Number Index to Exhibits Exhibit Description 3(i).1 3(i).2 3(ii) 3.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (1) Certificate of Designations for the Series A Preferred Stock (21) Bylaws of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc., as amended (7) Certificate of Elimination of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (24) Rights Agreement dated January 20, 1999 concerning the issuance of preferred stock and related rights. (2) Form of Certificate for the Series A Preferred Stock (22) Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (23) The Company hereby agrees to furnish the SEC upon request, copies of (i) the instruments defining the rights of the holders of each issue of its junior subordinated debentures and (ii) the repurchase agreements between the Company and Barclay’s Capital, Inc. dated September 2007 and January 2008. 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8 10.9 10.10 10.11 1994 Stock Option Plan *(3) Recognition and Retention Plan *(4) 1998 Stock Option Plan *(5) Restricted Stock Plan *(6) Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement *(6) Employment Agreement effective as of March 9, 2004 by and between the Bank and Shaun A. Burke *(7) 2004 Stock Option Plan *(8) Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2004 Stock Option Plan *(9) Form of Non-Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2004 Stock Option Plan *(10) Letter Agreement dated January 30, 2009, including Securities Purchase Agreement – standard terms incorporated by reference therein, between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury, with respect to the issuance and sale of Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant (11) Amendment and Waiver Regarding Compensation Arrangements dated January 28, 2009 by and among the Bank, the Company and its Senior Executive Officers* (12) 10.12 Written Description of 2009 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plan-President and Chief Executive Officer *(13) 10.13 Written Description of 2009 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plan-Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer *(14) 10.14 Written Description of 2009 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plan-Chief Lending Officer *(15) 10.15 Written Description of 2010 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plans-Chief Financial, Chief Lending and Chief Credit Officers (16) 103 FORM 10-K  10.16 Written Description of 2010 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plans-Chief Operating Officer (17) 10.17 10.18 Written Description of 2011 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plans-Chief Executive, Chief Financial, Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. 2010 Equity Plan *(18) Chief Operating, Chief Lending and Chief Credit Officers *(19) 10.19 Written Description of 2012 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plans-Chief Executive, Chief Financial, Chief Operating, Chief Lending and Chief Credit Officers *(20) 10.20 Written Description of 2013 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plans-Chief Executive, Chief Financial, Chief Operating, Chief Lending and Chief Credit Officers *(21) 10.21 Written Description of 2014 Employment Agreements and 2014 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plans- Chief Executive, Chief Financial, Chief Operating, Chief Lending and Chief Credit Officers *(22) 10.22 Written Description of 2015 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plans-Chief Executive, Chief Financial, 10.23 10.24 10.25 Chief Operating, Chief Lending and Chief Credit Officers *(23) Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Plan *(25) Amendment to Employment Agreements, Amendment to Restricted Stock Award Agreement, dated June 1, 2016, between the Company and H. Michael Mattson and Written Description of 2016 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plans- Chief Executive, Chief Financial, Chief Operating, and Chief Credit Officers *(26) Employment Agreement, dated June 27, 2016, between the Company and H. Charley Puls and Written Description of 2016 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plan- Chief Lending Officer *(27) Subsidiaries of the Registrant (See Item 1. Business – Subsidiary and Segment Information) Consent of BKD, LLP 21 23 31(i).1 Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act 31(i).2 Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act 32 101 Officer certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 The following materials from Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (unaudited), (ii) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited), (iii) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (unaudited), (iv) Condensed Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity (unaudited), (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited), and (vi) related notes. * Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement _____________________ (1) (2) (3) (4) Filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 (SEC File No. 0- 23325) and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as an exhibit to the Form 8A filed by Registrant on January 22, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on September 23, 1997 (SEC File No. 333-36141) and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on September 23, 1997 (SEC File No. 333-36141) and incorporated herein by reference. 104 FORM 10-K (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) Filed as Exhibit 4 to the Form S-8 Registration Statement filed by the Registrant on March 6, 2002 (SEC File No. 333-83822) and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2001 (SEC File No. 0- 23325) and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the transition period ended December 31, 2003 filed by the Registrant on March 30, 2004 (SEC File No. 0-23325) and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Appendix A to the proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders held on May 19, 2004 (SEC File No. 0-23325) and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 filed by the Registrant on March 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 filed by the Registrant on March 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 3, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 3, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 9, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 9, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 9, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibits 10.1 through 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 2, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on April 26, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Form S-8 Registration Statement filed by the Registrant on October 29, 2010 (SEC File No. 333-170205) and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibits 10.1 through 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibits 10.1 through 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 2, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibits 10.1 through 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 8, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibits 10.1 through 10.10 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on March 26, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibits 10.1 through 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on March 3, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on November 3, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on May 28, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibits 10.1 through 10.9 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on June 3, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference. Filed as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on June 28, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference. 105 FORM 10-K Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. SIGNATURES Dated: March 24, 2017 By: /s/ Shaun A. Burke GUARANTY FEDERAL BANCSHARES, INC. Shaun A. Burke President and Chief Executive Officer (Duly Authorized Representative) Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. By: /s/ Shaun A. Burke Shaun A. Burke President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) By: /s/ Tim Rosenbury Tim Rosenbury Director Date: March 24, 2017 Date: March 24, 2017 By: /s/ Carter Peters By: /s/ James R. Batten Carter Peters EVP and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer) James R. Batten Chairman of the Board and Director Date: March 24, 2017 Date: March 24, 2017 By: /s/ John Griesemer John Griesemer Director Date: March 24, 2017 By: /s/ David T. Moore David T. Moore Director Date: March 24, 2017 By: /s/ Kurt D. Hellweg Kurt D. Hellweg Director Date: March 24, 2017 By: /s/ James L. Sivils, III James L. Sivils, III Director Date: March 24, 2017 By: /s/ Greg A. Horton Greg A. Horton Director Date: March 24, 2017 106 FORM 10-K This page intentionally left blank FORM 10-KGUARANTY FEDERAL BANCSHARES, INC. 1341 WEST BATTLEFIELD SPRINGFIELD, MO 65807-4181 (417) 520-4333 _______________________________ NOTICE OF MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS To Be Held on May 24, 2017 Notice is hereby given that an annual meeting of the stockholders (the “Meeting”) of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) will be held at the Guaranty Bank Operations Center, 1414 W. Elfindale, Springfield, Missouri, on May 24, 2017, at 6:00 p.m., local time. Stockholders of record at the close of business on April 3, 2017 are the stockholders entitled to vote at the Meeting. A Proxy Card and a Proxy Statement for the Meeting are enclosed. The Meeting is being held for the purpose of considering and acting upon: 1. 2. 3. 4. The election of three directors. The advisory (non-binding) vote to approve executive compensation. The ratification of BKD, LLP as Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to the Company for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017. Such other matters as may come properly before the Meeting or any adjournments thereof. Except with respect to procedural matters incident to the conduct of the Meeting, the Board of Directors is not aware of any other business to come before the Meeting. Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the 2016 Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be Held on May 24, 2017. Pursuant to the rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, we have elected to provide access to our proxy materials both by: (i) sending you this full set of proxy materials, including a proxy card; and (ii) notifying you of the availability of our proxy materials on the internet. This Notice and Proxy Statement and our 2016 Annual Report may be accessed at www.gbankmo.com. BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS James Batten Chairman of the Board Springfield, Missouri April 24, 2017 THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS URGES YOU TO SIGN, DATE AND RETURN YOUR PROXY CARD AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, EVEN IF YOU CURRENTLY PLAN TO ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING. THIS WILL NOT PREVENT YOU FROM VOTING IN PERSON AT THE ANNUAL MEETING IF YOU DESIRE, AND YOU MAY REVOKE YOUR PROXY BY WRITTEN INSTRUMENT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE VOTE AT THE ANNUAL MEETING. IF YOU ARE A STOCKHOLDER WHOSE SHARES ARE NOT REGISTERED IN YOUR OWN NAME, YOU WILL NEED ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION FROM YOUR RECORD HOLDER TO VOTE PERSONALLY AT THE MEETING. PROXY STATEMENT This page intentionally left blank PROXY STATEMENT 1341 W. Battlefield ▪ Springfield, MO 65807 417-520-4333 ▪ www.gbankmo.com April 24, 2017 Dear Fellow Stockholder: On behalf of the Board of Directors and management of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc., I cordially invite you to attend the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held at the Guaranty Bank Operations Center, 1414 W. Elfindale, Springfield, Missouri, on Wednesday, May 24, 2017 at 6:00 p.m., local time. The attached Notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement describe the formal business to be transacted at the meeting. Following the formal meeting, I will report on the operations of the Company. Directors and officers of the Company, as well as representatives of BKD, LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, will be present to respond to any questions that stockholders may have. Whether or not you plan to attend the meeting, please sign and date the enclosed proxy card and return it in the accompanying postage-paid return envelope as soon as possible. This will not prevent you from voting in person at the meeting but will assure that your vote is counted if you are unable to attend the meeting. Respectfully, Shaun A. Burke President and CEO PROXY STATEMENT This page intentionally left blank PROXY STATEMENTGUARANTY FEDERAL BANCSHARES, INC. 1341 WEST BATTLEFIELD SPRINGFIELD, MISSOURI 65807-4181 _____________________ PROXY STATEMENT _____________________ This Proxy Statement has been prepared in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) for use at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held on May 24, 2017 (the “Annual Meeting”), and at any adjournment(s) thereof. The Annual Meeting will be held at 6:00 p.m., local time, at the Guaranty Bank Operations Center, 1414 W. Elfindale, Springfield, Missouri. It is anticipated that this Proxy Statement will be mailed to stockholders on or about April 24, 2017. RECORD DATE--VOTING--VOTE REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL All persons who were holders of record of the common stock, par value $0.10 per share (“Common Stock”) of the Company at the close of business on April 3, 2017 (“Record Date”) will be entitled to cast votes at the Annual Meeting. Article XIII of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation provides that no holder of Common Stock that beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock as of the Record Date (the “Limit”), may vote the shares that exceed the Limit. However, if the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors” or the “Board”) approves the acquisition of the shares of Common Stock that result in the beneficial owner owning more than 10% of the outstanding Common Stock, Article XIII is not applicable. Voting may be by proxy or in person. As of the Record Date, the Company had 4,421,275 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding. Holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote (after giving effect, if required, to Article XIII), will constitute a quorum for purposes of transacting business at the Annual Meeting. Stockholders are urged to indicate their vote in the appropriate spaces on the proxy card. Each proxy solicited hereby, if properly executed, duly returned to the Board of Directors and not revoked prior to the Annual Meeting, will be voted at the Annual Meeting in accordance with the stockholder’s instructions indicated thereon. Where no instructions are indicated, proxies will be voted by those named in the proxies FOR the approval of the specific proposals presented in this Proxy Statement and on the proxy card and in the discretion of those named in the proxies upon any other business that may properly come before the Annual Meeting or any adjournment thereof. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of Common Stock owned. No appraisal or dissenters’ rights exist for any action to be taken at the Annual Meeting. A stockholder giving a proxy has the power to revoke the proxy at any time before it is exercised by filing with the Secretary of the Company written instructions revoking the proxy. A duly executed proxy bearing a later date will be sufficient to revoke an earlier proxy. The proxy executed by a stockholder who attends the Annual Meeting will be revoked only if that stockholder files the proper written instrument with the Secretary prior to the end of the voting at the Annual Meeting. To the extent necessary to assure sufficient representation at the Annual Meeting, proxies may be solicited by officers, directors and regular employees of the Company personally, by telephone, by internet or by further correspondence. Officers, directors and regular employees of the Company will not be compensated for their solicitation efforts. The cost of soliciting proxies from stockholders will be borne by the Company. The Company will also reimburse brokerage firms and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for reasonable expenses incurred by them in sending proxy materials to the beneficial owners of Common Stock. 1 PROXY STATEMENT Regardless of the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock owned, it is important that stockholders be represented by proxy or be present in person at the Annual Meeting. In order for any proposals considered at the Annual Meeting to be approved by the Company’s stockholders, a quorum must be present. Stockholders are requested to vote by completing the enclosed proxy card and returning it signed and dated in the enclosed postage-paid envelope. Proxies marked as abstentions and broker non-votes (as defined below) will be treated as shares present for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present. Proxies marked as abstentions will not be counted as votes cast and will not affect the election of directors, advisory approval of executive compensation, or ratification of BKD, LLP as the independent registered public accounting firm. Brokers are entitled to vote the shares they hold for their customers in “street name” on routine matters when the customers (i.e. the “beneficial owners”) do not instruct the brokers how to vote the customer’s shares. Only Proposal Three, regarding the ratification of BKD, LLP as Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, is deemed to be a routine matter. Brokers will be entitled to vote shares of Common Stock they hold in street name on Proposal Three in the absence of instructions on how to vote by the beneficial owners. Proposals One and Two are not deemed to be routine matters and, as such, brokers are not entitled to vote shares of Common Stock they hold in street name on Proposals One and Two in the absence of instructions on how to vote from the beneficial owners. These are referred to as “broker non- votes.” Broker non-votes will not be counted as votes cast, and therefore will not affect the election of directors or the advisory approval of executive compensation. Pursuant to Article XIII of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, no record owner of shares of Common Stock such as a broker, a bank, a trust company or other nominee that holds shares for a beneficial owner that beneficially owns in excess of the Limit, may vote the shares that exceed the Limit despite the instructions of the beneficial owner. However, as stated above, if the Board approved the acquisition of the shares that resulted in the beneficial owner owning more than 10% of the outstanding Common Stock, Article XIII is not applicable and such shares in excess of the Limit may be voted as instructed by the beneficial owner. Directors are elected by a plurality of votes of the shares represented in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting. The proposals to approve executive compensation (advisory) and to ratify the selection of the independent registered public accounting firm require the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on such matters. SECURITIES OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT Persons and groups owning in excess of 5% of the Common Stock are required to file certain reports regarding such ownership pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Article XIII of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company restricts the voting by persons who beneficially own in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock unless the Board approved the acquisition of the shares that resulted in the beneficial owner owning more than 10% of the outstanding Common Stock. This restriction does not apply to employee benefit plans of the Company. The following table sets forth, as of the Record Date, persons or groups who are known by the Company to beneficially own more than 5% of the Common Stock. Name and Address of Beneficial Owner Castle Creek Capital Partners V, LP 6051 El Tordo Racho Santa Fe, CA 92067 ......................................................................... FJ Capital Management, LLC 1313 Dolley Madison Blvd, Ste 306 McLean, VA 22101 ..................................................................................... Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership Percent of Total Outstanding Common Shares 794,022 (1) 17.96% 330,715 (2) 7.48% 2 PROXY STATEMENT (1) (2) Information based on a joint schedule 13G/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 18, 2016 by Castle Creek Capital Partners V, LP (“Fund V”), Castle Creek Capital V LLC (“CCC V”), John M. Eggmeyer III, Mark G. Merlo, John T. Pietrzak and J. Mikesell Thomas as the “Reporting Persons.” Each of the Reporting Persons may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the 794,022 shares of Common Stock held directly by Fund V. CCC V is the sole general partner of Fund V. Mr. Eggemeyer, Mr. Merlo, Mr. Pietrzak, and Mr. Thomas share voting and dispositive power over the 794,022 shares beneficially owned by Fund V, due to the fact that each is a managing principal of CCC V. CCC V, Mr. Eggemeyer, Mr. Merlo, Mr. Pietrzak, and Mr. Thomas each disclaim beneficial ownership of the Common Shares, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interest in Fund V. The record holder of the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Fund V may vote all 794,022 shares of Common Stock, including the 351,894 shares that exceed the 442,128 shares that constitute the Limit pursuant to Article XIII of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, because the Board of Directors approved the acquisition by Fund V of the shares of Common Stock that exceed the Limit. Information based on a joint schedule 13G/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14, 2017 by FJ Capital Management LLC (“FJ”), Financial Opportunity Fund (“FOF”), Financial Opportunity Long/Short Fund LLC (“FOLSF”), Bridge Equities III LLC (BE III”), Bridge Equities VIII LLC (“BE VIII”), Bridge Equities IX LLC (“BE IX”), Bridge Equities X LLC (“BE X”), Bridge Equities XI LLC (“BE XI”), Martin S. Friedman, SunBridge Manager LLC (“SB Manger”), SunBridge Holdings LLC (“SB Holdings”) and Realty Investment Company Inc. (“RIC”) as the “Reporting Persons.” The Schedule 13G/A reports shared voting and investment power over the shares as follows: FJ (330,715 voting and 67,438 investment), FOF (45,724 voting and investment), FOLSF (4,903 voting and investment), BE III (246,186 voting and investment), BE VIII (2,794 voting and investment), BE IX (3,252 voting and investment), BE X (2,295 voting and investment), BE XI (8,750 voting and investment), Mr. Friedman (330,715 voting and 67,438 investment), SB Manager (263,277 voting and investment), SB Holdings (263,277 voting and investment) and RIC (263,277 voting and investment). 3 PROXY STATEMENT The following table sets forth certain information as of the Record Date, with respect to the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by each of the directors, nominees for director and Named Executive Officers (see section titled “Summary Compensation Table”) of the Company, and the total shares beneficially owned by directors and executive officers as a group. The Company’s policy is for each director to own a minimum of 2,500 shares, exclusive of stock grants and non- exercised stock options. Directors with less than five years of experience on the Board are required to own a minimum of 500 shares for each full year of service on the Board, up to 2,500 shares. Less than 1% stock ownership is shown below with an asterisk (*). Name of Beneficial Owner Shaun A. Burke ........................................................................................... Kurt Hellweg ............................................................................................... Tim Rosenbury ............................................................................................ Jamie Sivils, III ........................................................................................... James Batten ............................................................................................... John Griesemer ............................................................................................ David Moore ............................................................................................... Greg Horton ................................................................................................ Carter Peters ................................................................................................ H. Charles Puls ............................................................................................ Sheri Biser ................................................................................................... Robin Robeson ............................................................................................ Total owned by all directors and executive officers as a group (Twelve Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership (1) Percent of Total Outstanding Common Shares 1.7% 2.1% * * 1.1% 2.4% * * * * * * 74,921 (2) 94,308 (3) 29,650 (4) 26,492 (5) 50,447 (6) 109,263 4,201 2,817 31,093 (7) 1,000 15,224 (8) 11,168 persons) ..................................................................................................... 450,584 (9) 10.0% (1) Amounts may include shares held directly, as well as shares held jointly with family members, in retirement accounts, in a fiduciary capacity, by certain family members, by certain related entities or by trusts of which the directors and executive officers are trustees or substantial beneficiaries, with respect to which shares the respective director or executive officer may be deemed to have sole or shared voting and/or investment powers. Due to the rules for determining beneficial ownership, the same securities may be attributed as being beneficially owned by more than one person. The holders may disclaim beneficial ownership of the included shares which are owned by or with family members, trust or other entities. (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) Includes 20,000 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options. Includes 2,500 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options. Includes 7,500 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options. Includes 7,500 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options. Includes 32,500 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options. Includes 5,000 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options. Includes 6,500 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options. Includes 81,500 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options. SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s officers and directors, and persons who own more than 10% of the Common Stock, to file reports detailing their ownership and changes of ownership in the Common Stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and to furnish the Company with copies of all such ownership reports. Based solely on the Company’s review of the copies of the ownership reports furnished to the Company, and written representations relative to the filing of certain forms, the Company believes that all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to its officers and directors, and persons who own more than 10% of the Common Stock, were complied with during the 2016 fiscal year. 4 PROXY STATEMENT FIRST PROPOSAL: ELECTION OF DIRECTORS The number of directors constituting the Board will be eight. The Board is divided into three classes. The term of office of one class of directors expires each year in rotation so that the class up for election at each annual meeting of stockholders has served for a three-year term. The terms of three of the present directors (Messrs. Moore, Sivils and Griesemer) are expiring at the Annual Meeting. Messrs. Moore, Sivils and Griesemer have been nominated, upon the recommendation of the Nominating Committee of the Board, by the Board and, upon election at the Annual Meeting, will hold office for a three-year term expiring in 2020 or until their successors are elected and qualified. Each nominee has indicated that he is willing and able to serve as a director if elected and has consented to being named as a nominee in this Proxy Statement. Unless otherwise specified on the proxies received by the Company, it is intended that proxies received in response to this solicitation will be voted in favor of the election of each person named in the following table to be a director of the Company for the term as indicated, or until his successor is elected and qualified. There are no arrangements or understandings between the nominees or directors and any other person pursuant to which any such person was or is selected as a director or nominee. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR THE FOLLOWING NOMINEES Nominees for Three-Year Terms Expiring 2020 Name John F. Griesemer James L. Sivils, III David T. Moore Age (1) 49 52 46 Director Since 2008 2002 2014 Current Term Expires 2017 2017 2017 In addition to the three nominees proposed to serve on the Board as described above, the following individuals are also directors of the Company, each serving for the current term indicated. Directors Who Are Not Nominees Who Will Continue in Office After the Annual Meeting Name Greg A. Horton Tim Rosenbury Shaun A. Burke Kurt D. Hellweg James R. Batten (1) As of the Record Date Age (1) 57 60 53 59 54 Director Since 2016 2002 2004 2000 2006 Current Term Expires 2019 2019 2019 2018 2018 5 PROXY STATEMENT Biographical Information Set forth below are brief summaries of the background and business experience, including principal occupation, of each nominee and director currently serving on the Board of Directors of the Company. John F. Griesemer is Executive Vice President, Chief Operations Officer and member of the Board of Directors of Springfield Underground, Inc. Springfield Underground, Inc. is a privately held construction materials supplier and real estate developer in the Springfield, Missouri area. Mr. Griesemer previously served as Area Manager and General Manager of Springfield Underground, Inc. related companies and as a management trainee with Vulcan Materials Company in Northern Virginia. Mr. Griesemer holds a B.S. degree in Industrial Management and Engineering from Purdue University. He is the Chairman of the Board of Mercy Springfield Communities, member of the Springfield Catholic Schools Development Board and a member of the Board of the National Stone Sand and Gravel Association. He is a past Member of the Board of the Missouri Limestone Producers Association, Catholic Campus Ministries, Junior Achievement of the Ozarks and Ozark Technical Community College Foundation. Mr. Griesemer brings to the Board a strong organizational and leadership background, management experience and deep ties in the local community. James L. Sivils, III, JD, is the CEO of Environmental Works, Inc., an environmental consulting firm with offices in Springfield, Kansas City and St. Louis, MO. Mr. Sivils began his career as a Missouri licensed attorney in 1990. In 1993, Mr. Sivils began developing Real Estate and became a licensed Missouri Real Estate Broker. Mr. Sivils has developed numerous commercial and residential projects in Southwest Missouri. Mr. Sivils holds a J.D. degree from the University of Missouri – Kansas City Law School and a B.A. degree from the University of Missouri – Columbia. Mr. Sivils is a member and past Chapter Chair of the Ozarks Chapter of the Young Presidents’ Organization and a member of the World Presidents Organization. Mr. Sivils legal background, knowledge and experience with real estate matters and experience running a 100+ employee company make him a valuable resource to the Board. David T. Moore is President, Chief Executive Officer, and member of the Board of Directors of Paul Mueller Company. Paul Mueller Company is a publicly held manufacturer of milk cooling equipment and processing equipment headquartered in Springfield, Missouri. Mr. Moore has worked at Paul Mueller Company since 2002, serving as the President since 2011. Additionally, he has been a member of the company’s Board of Directors since 1997. Prior to joining Paul Mueller Company, Mr. Moore was Vice President of Product Development at Corporate Document Systems, a computer software company, for six years. Mr. Moore holds an MBA from The University of Chicago - Booth School of Business and a B.A. from Middlebury College. Mr. Moore is a valuable asset to the Board due to his significant experience in public company management, corporate governance, business acquisition and integration, and information and technology development. In addition, Mr. Moore has long-term personal and business ties to the local community. Tim Rosenbury, AIA, is Managing Partner of Butler, Rosenbury & Partners, Inc., an architecture and planning firm in Springfield, Missouri. Mr. Rosenbury joined the firm in 1984 after practicing in Memphis, Tennessee. He graduated with a B.Arch. from Mississippi State University in 1980, which in 1999 awarded him the designation of Alumni Fellow. He is a member of a number of professional and civic organizations, for many of which he has held leadership positions, including Chairman of the Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce and Vice President of the Board of Education for Springfield Public Schools. Mr. Rosenbury brings to the Board strong community leadership and significant experience in general business and real estate development and management. Greg A. Horton, CPA, is Chief Executive Officer and co-owner of Integrity Home Care & Hospice, a multi-line home care enterprise that employs 2,000 and serves over 5,000 clients in Missouri and Kansas, and co-founder of affiliate Integrity Pharmacy. Prior to launching Integrity Home Care in 2000, Mr. Horton was a partner in the accounting firm Whitlock, Selim & Keehn, LLP. He has twenty years of experience in public accounting with an emphasis in management consulting, information systems, and auditing services. Mr. Horton holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration with an Accounting Specialization from Central Missouri State University. He is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and has been active in board and volunteer service with the Fellowship of Christian Athletes, Boys & Girls Town of Missouri, Rotary Club of Springfield Southeast, and the Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce. Mr. Horton’s expertise in large service-based organizations and his background in public accounting make him a valuable resource to the Board. 6 PROXY STATEMENT James R. Batten, CPA, is Chief Financial Officer of International Dehydrated Foods (IDF) a privately held manufacturer of ingredients for the food industry. Prior to joining IDF in September 2016, Mr. Batten served as a management consultant serving businesses and non-profit organizations from March 2014 through August 2016. Mr. Batten was the Executive Vice President of Convoy of Hope, an international nonprofit relief organization from April 2009 through February 2014. Mr. Batten served as Chief Operations Officer and Executive Vice President of AG Financial Solutions from September 2007 through March 2009. Mr. Batten served as the Executive Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. (NASDAQ: ORLY) from January 1993 through March 2007. Prior to joining O’Reilly, Mr. Batten was employed by the accounting firms of Whitlock, Selim & Keehn, from 1986 to 1993 and Deloitte, Haskins & Sells from 1984 until 1986. Mr. Batten is a member of the board of AG Financial Solutions, Foundation Capital Resources and Treasurer of Hope Church. Mr. Batten is a former member of the NASDAQ Issuer Affairs Committee. He has also served on a number of other professional and civic boards including the Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce, Big Brothers Big Sisters of the Ozarks and New Covenant Academy. Shaun A. Burke joined the Bank in March 2004 as President and Chief Executive Officer and was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company on February 28, 2005. He has over 30 years of banking experience. Mr. Burke received a Bachelor of Science Degree in Finance from Missouri State University and is a graduate of the Graduate School of Banking of Colorado. Mr. Burke currently serves on the board of the Missouri Bankers Association as Vice Chairman of the Legislative Affairs Committee and was previously Chairman of the Audit Committee. In 2014, he began a three-year term on the Community Bankers Council of the American Bankers Association. In March 2016 he was appointed to the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis’ Community Depository Institutions Advisory Council. From 2012 to 2014, he was a Board Member of the Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce serving as Vice Chairman of Economic Development in 2014. From 2009 through 2014, he was a Board Member of the Springfield Business Development Corporation, the economic development subsidiary of the Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce serving as President in 2012. He is also a past Member of the United Way Allocations and Agency Relations Executive Committee, Salvation Army Board, and Big Brothers Big Sisters Board. Kurt D. Hellweg is the Chairman of the Board of International Dehydrated Foods, Inc. (“IDF”), American Dehydrated Foods, Inc. (“ADF”), Food Ingredients Technology Company, L.L.C (“FITCO” – a joint venture with Mars Petcare), and Chairman of the Board of IsoNova Technologies, L.L.C. (“IsoNova” – a joint venture with Rembrandt Enterprises, Inc.). IDF, ADF, FITCO and IsoNova are privately held companies that manufacture and market ingredients for both the food and feed industries. Mr. Hellweg joined ADF in 1987 and has previously served as Vice President of Sales, Senior Vice President of Operations, and President/COO. Prior to joining ADF, Mr. Hellweg was an officer in the U.S. Navy from 1980 to 1987. During that time, he served tours as a helicopter pilot in the Atlantic Fleet and as an instructor pilot. Mr. Hellweg holds a B.S. degree in Engineering from the University of Nebraska. He is a past Board Member of the Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce, the Springfield Area Arts Council, and the Springfield Symphony. He is the founding member of the Greater Ozarks Chapter of World Presidents’ Organization (“WPO”) (where he is still active), and has previously chaired the Greater Ozarks Chapter of the Young Presidents’ Organization. He is a Black Belt in Taekwondo, a member of Mensa, and enjoys competing in ultra-distance bicycling races. He currently serves on the following Boards: ADF, CoxHealth, the Darr Family Foundation, Environmental Works, Inc., FITCO, Hammons Products Company, IDF, IsoNova, WPO, and is a Trustee of the ADF profit sharing plan, serving as a Director of the Investment Committee. Director Independence The Board has determined that all of the directors, except for Mr. Burke who is an executive officer of the Company, are “independent directors” as that term is defined in Rule 5605(a) (2) of the Marketplace Rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”). These directors constitute a majority of the Board. Board Leadership Structure Throughout its history, the Company has kept the positions of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer separate. Currently, Mr. Batten holds the position of Chairman of the Board and Mr. Burke holds the position of Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Batten is considered to be “independent” according to NASDAQ listing requirements. 7 PROXY STATEMENT The Board believes that having separate positions and having an independent outside director serve as Chairman is the appropriate leadership structure for the Company at this time and demonstrates our commitment to good corporate governance. Separating these positions allows our Chief Executive Officer to focus on our day-to-day business, while allowing the Chairman to lead the Board in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management. We believe that having an independent Chairman eliminates the conflicts of interest that may arise when the positions are held by one person. In addition, this leadership structure allows the Board to more effectively monitor and evaluate the performance of our Chief Executive Officer. Board’s Role in Risk Oversight It is necessary to effectively manage risk when managing and operating every financial institution. We face a number of risks, including but not limited to, general economic risks, credit risks, regulatory risks, audit risks, reputational risks, and business competition. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of risks the Company faces, while the Board, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the general oversight of risk management. In its role of risk oversight, the Board has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk management processes and procedures designed and implemented by management are appropriate and functioning as designed. While the full Board is charged with ultimate oversight responsibility for risk management, various committees of the Board and members of management also have specific responsibilities with respect to our risk oversight. Each Board committee has been assigned oversight responsibility for specific areas of risk and risk management, and each committee considers risks within its areas of responsibility. Each of these committees receives regular reports from management regarding our risks and reports regularly to the Board concerning risk. We believe that providing for full and open communication between management and the Board is essential for effective risk management and oversight. Certain senior management personnel, consistent with their specific areas of responsibility, attend Board meetings and/or Board committee meetings on a regular and consistent basis. We have regular and ongoing reporting and communication mechanisms in place to ensure that oversight is effective. Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors The business of the Company is conducted at regular and special meetings of the full Board of Directors and its standing committees. The standing committees consist of the Executive, Audit, Compensation, Investment, Nominating, Building and Special. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, the Board held twelve regular meetings. No director attended less than 75% of those meetings and the meetings held by all committees of the Board of Directors on which he served. Although the Company does not have a formal policy regarding director attendance at the Company’s annual stockholders’ meeting, all directors are expected to attend these annual meetings absent extenuating circumstances. All current directors attended the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders held on May 25, 2016. Stockholder Communications with Directors Stockholders and other interested persons who wish to communicate with the Board of Directors of the Company, or any individual director, should send their written correspondence by mail to: Vicki Lindsay, Secretary, Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc., 1341 West Battlefield, Springfield, Missouri 65807. 8 PROXY STATEMENT Audit Committee The Company has a separately designated Audit Committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act. The Audit Committee of the Board currently consists of four directors: Messrs. Moore, Horton, Batten, and Hellweg, each of whom is an “independent director” as defined under the NASDAQ listing standards and the criteria for independence set forth in Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Board has determined that Mr. Moore qualifies as an Audit Committee Financial Expert, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC. This standing committee, among other things, (i) regularly meets with the internal auditor to review audit programs and the results of audits of specific areas as well as other regulatory compliance issues, (ii) meets at least annually in executive session with the Company’s independent auditors to review the results of the annual audit and other related matters, and (iii) meets quarterly with management and the independent auditors to review the Company’s financial statements and significant findings based on the independent auditor’s review. The Audit Committee is responsible for hiring, retaining, compensating and terminating the Company’s independent auditors. The Audit Committee operates under a written charter adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors. A copy of the Audit Committee Charter was included as Appendix B to the Proxy Statement prepared in connection with the annual meeting of stockholders held on May 27, 2015. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, the Audit Committee met five times. Nominating Committee The Nominating Committee of the Board is composed of three or more directors as appointed by the Board, each of whom are required to be an “independent director” as defined under the NASDAQ listing standards. Currently, the Nominating Committee consists of three directors, Messrs. Sivils, Moore, and Batten, each of whom is an “independent director.” During the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, the Nominating Committee met two times. The Nominating Committee operates under a formal written charter adopted by the Board of Directors. A copy of the Nominating Committee Charter is included as Appendix A to this Proxy Statement. The Nominating Committee is responsible for identifying individuals qualified to serve as members of the Board and recommending to the Board the director nominees for election and appointment to the Board, as well as director nominees for each of the committees of the Board. In accordance with its charter, the Nominating Committee recommends candidates (including incumbent nominees) based on the following criteria: business experience, education, integrity and reputation, independence, conflicts of interest, diversity, age, number of other directorships and commitments (including charitable obligations), tenure on the Board, attendance at Board and committee meetings, stock ownership, specialized knowledge (such as an understanding of banking, accounting, marketing, finance, regulation and public policy) and a commitment to the Company’s communities and shared values, as well as overall experience in the context of the needs of the Board as a whole. The Committee monitors the mix of skills and experience of its directors and committee members in order to assess whether the Board has the appropriate tools to perform its oversight function effectively. The Committee does not have a separate diversity policy, but the Nominating Committee does consider the diversity of its directors and nominees in terms of knowledge, experience, skills, expertise, and other demographics which may contribute to the Board. With respect to nominating existing directors, the Nominating Committee reviews relevant information available to it and assesses their continued ability and willingness to serve as a director. The Nominating Committee will also assess such person’s contribution in light of the mix of skills and experience the Nominating Committee has deemed appropriate for the Board as a whole. With respect to nominations of new directors, the Nominating Committee will conduct a thorough search to identify candidates based upon criteria the Nominating Committee deems appropriate and considering the mix of skills and experience necessary to complement existing members of the Board. The Nominating Committee will then review selected candidates and make its recommendation to the Board. Nominations by a stockholder will be considered by the Nominating Committee if such nomination is written and delivered or mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the Company between 30 and 60 days prior to the meeting at which such nominee may be considered. However, if less than 31 days’ notice of the meeting is given by the Company to stockholders, written notice of the stockholder nomination must be given to the Secretary of the Company as provided above no later than the tenth day after notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders. A nomination must set forth, with respect to the nominee, (i) name, age, and addresses, (ii) principal occupation or employment, (iii) Common Stock beneficially owned, and (iv) other information that would be required in a proxy statement. The stockholder giving notice must list his or her name and address, as they appear on the Company’s books, and the amount of Common Stock beneficially owned by him or her. In addition, the stockholder making such nomination must promptly provide to the 9 PROXY STATEMENT Company any other information reasonably requested by the Company. Nominations from stockholders will be considered and evaluated using the same criteria as all other nominations. Compensation Committee The Board of Directors of the Company and the Board of Directors of the Bank are comprised of the same persons. The Compensation Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors, which consists solely of non-employee directors of the Bank, is comprised of Messrs. Hellweg, Griesemer, Moore and Horton. As indicated above, each of these committee members is an “independent director” as defined under the NASDAQ listing standards. The Company has no employees and relies on employees of the Bank for the limited services received by the Company. All compensation paid to executive officers of the Company is paid by the Bank. The Compensation Committee, together with the full Board, is responsible for designing the compensation and benefit plans for all employees, executive officers and directors of the Company and the Bank, including the Chief Executive Officer, based on its review of performance measures, industry salary surveys and the recommendations of management concerning compensation (See “Report on Executive Compensation”). The Compensation Committee recommends adjustments to the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and the other Named Executive Officers of the Company based upon its assessment of individual performance and the Bank’s performance, and makes other recommendations, when appropriate, to the full Board of Directors. Independent consultants may be engaged directly by the Compensation Committee to evaluate the Company’s executive compensation. The Compensation Committee, together with the full Board, determines the compensation of all other officers. The Compensation Committee may delegate its authority to a subcommittee of the Compensation Committee. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, the Compensation Committee met two times. The Compensation Committee operates under a formal written charter adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors. A copy of the Compensation Committee Charter is included as Appendix B to this Proxy Statement. REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation Since August 2002, the Compensation Committee of the Board has consisted of non-employee directors of the Bank. Mr. Burke, the current President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank, did not serve as a member of the Compensation Committee during 2016. No executive officer of the Company served on the Compensation Committee or Board of Directors of any company that employed any member of the Company’s Compensation Committee or Board of Directors. COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Overall Compensation Philosophy and Objectives The Compensation Committee, together with the full Board, has designed the compensation and benefit plans for all employees, executive officers and directors in order to attract and retain individuals who have the skills, experience and work ethic to provide a coordinated work force that will effectively and efficiently carry out the policies adopted by the Board and to manage the Company and the Bank to meet the Company’s mission, goals and objectives. 10 PROXY STATEMENT To determine the compensation of executive officers and directors, the Compensation Committee reviews industry compensation statistics based on our asset size, makes cost of living adjustments, and establishes salary ranges for each executive officer and fees for the Board. The Compensation Committee then reviews (i) the financial performance of the Bank over the most recently completed fiscal year (including Return on Assets, Return on Equity, asset quality, etc.) compared to results at comparable companies within the industry, and (ii) the responsibilities and performance of each executive officer and the salary compensation levels of each executive officer compared to like positions at comparable companies within the industry. The Compensation Committee evaluates all factors subjectively in the sense that they do not attempt to tie any factors to a specific level of compensation. The Compensation Committee offers long-term incentives for executive officers and other management personnel primarily in the form of restricted stock awards. We believe that our stock award programs are an important component of compensation to attract and retain talented executives, provide an incentive for long-term corporate performance, and to align the long-term interests of executives and stockholders. All executive officers may participate on an equal, non-discriminatory basis in the Bank’s contributory 401(k) tax- deferred savings plan, medical insurance plan, long-term disability plan and group life insurance plan. The Compensation Committee of the Bank recommends all compensation and benefit plans to the full Board for approval annually. Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives The Compensation Committee is guided by the following four key principles in determining the compensation of the Company’s executive officers: ● Competition. The Committee believes that compensation should reflect the competitive marketplace, so the Company can attract, retain and motivate talented personnel. ● Accountability for Business Performance. Compensation should be tied in part to the Company’s financial performance, so that executives are held accountable through their compensation for the performance of the Company. ● Accountability for Individual Performance. Compensation should be tied in part to the individual’s performance to reflect individual contributions to the Company’s performance. ● Alignment with Stockholder Interests. Compensation should be tied in part to the Company’s stock performance through long-term incentives such as restricted stock, to align the executive’s interests with those of the Company’s stockholders. Consideration of 2016 Say on Pay At the Company’s 2016 annual meeting of shareholders, 94.75% of voting shareholders approved the non-binding advisory proposal on the compensation of the Named Executive Officers (or “NEOs”), (commonly referred to as a “say-on- pay” vote). The Board and the Compensation Committee pay careful attention to communications received from shareholders regarding executive compensation, including the non-binding advisory vote. The Company carefully considered the result of the 2016 advisory vote on executive compensation but not for specific 2016 compensation decisions. Based on this consideration and the other factors described in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the Compensation Committee did not materially alter the policies or structure for the NEO’s compensation for 2016 or 2017. 11 PROXY STATEMENT Report of Executive Compensation The compensation of the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) and other NEOs is recommended by the Compensation Committee with final approval from the full Board. The CEO is not a member of the Compensation Committee and does not attend any Compensation Committee meetings unless specifically requested to do so by the Chairman of the Compensation Committee. The CEO may act as a key discussion partner with the Compensation Committee members to provide information regarding business context, the market environment and our strategic direction. The CEO also provides recommendations to the Compensation Committee on individual performance evaluations and compensation for the NEOs, other than himself. The Compensation Committee strives to provide total compensation that is aligned and competitive with compensation data compiled in 2016 by its compensation consultant, ChaseCompGroup, LLC, based on a peer group of selected publicly-traded companies within the banking industry, a similar geographic location and with comparable financial performance. The peer group provides a reference point when making pay decisions and benchmarking short-term and long- term incentive plan awards and mechanics. The compensation packages reflect a range based on this analysis, augmented by the performance of the individual executive officer and the Company. Grants under the various equity plans described below provide long-term incentive to stay with the Company, but should not replace, or override, maintenance of the compensation range established from the peer group. The Compensation Committee has reviewed all components of the CEO’s and the other NEOs compensation, including salary, bonus, accumulated and realized and unrealized stock options and restricted stock awards. Based on this review, the Committee finds the CEO’s and other NEOs total compensation in the aggregate to be reasonable and not excessive. It should be noted that when the Compensation Committee considers any component of the CEO’s and NEOs total compensation, the aggregate amounts and mix of all the components, including accumulated and realized and unrealized stock options and restricted stock awards, are taken into consideration in the Committee’s decisions. COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT The Compensation Committee reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis included in this Statement with management. Based on such review and discussion, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Statement for filing with the SEC. In view of the current economic and financial environment, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has reviewed the design and operation of the Company's incentive compensation arrangements, including the performance objectives and target levels used in connection with incentive awards and evaluated the relationship between the Company's risk management policies and practices and these arrangements. The Compensation Committee’s review was designed to assess whether any aspect of the compensation program would encourage any of the Company’s executives to take any unnecessary or inappropriate risks that could threaten the value of the Company or the Bank. The Committee members identified the risks that the Company faces that could threaten its value. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following: Interest rate risk ● Credit risk ● Liquidity risk ● ● Market risk ● Operation/transactional risk ● ● Fiduciary/litigation risk Information and technology risk 12 PROXY STATEMENT ● Compliance risk ● Environmental risk ● Reputation risk ● Financial risk ● Fraud risk The Compensation Committee also reviewed and discussed materials on compensation risk assessment, including information on executive compensation design and administrative features that could induce excessive risk taking. In this regard, the performance objectives contained in our annual incentive compensation plan have been balanced with those contained in our long-term incentive compensation plan to ensure that both are aligned and consistent with our long-term business plan, our mix of equity-based awards has been allocated to ensure an appropriate combination of incentive and retention objectives, and our stock ownership guidelines have been established to ensure that the interests of our Senior Executive Officers have been aligned with the interests of our stockholders. THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE Kurt D. Hellweg John F. Griesemer David T. Moore Greg A. Horton Summary Compensation Table The following table sets forth information with respect to the compensation awarded to, paid to or earned for the periods indicated by the CEO, the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), the Chief Lending Officer (“CLO”), the Chief Credit Officer (“CCO”) and the Chief Operating Officer (“COO”). These executive officers are collectively referred to as the NEOs. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, no other person served as the CEO or CFO of the Company, and no other executive officer received annual compensation that exceeded $100,000. Mr. H. Charles Puls, CLO, began his employment on June 27, 2016 as the replacement for H. Michael Mattson, who retired effective June 30, 2016. Thus, only a partial year is presented for both officers. Stock Awards (3) Option Awards Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation Nonqualified Deferred Compensation All Other Compensation H.Michael Mattson 2016 105,461 EVP/CLO Name and Principal Position Shaun A. Burke President/CEO Carter Peters EVP/CFO H. Charles Puls EVP/CLO Sheri Biser EVP/CCO Robin Robeson EVP/COO Salary Bonus (2) (1) Year 2016 $ 306,866 $ 61,000 $ 47,850 $ 2015 300,600 47,846 63,601 2014 300,600 31,796 60,422 2016 184,166 62,000 36,000 2015 180,000 36,000 35,987 2014 180,000 17,990 21,006 - 17,130 2015 168,333 17,125 20,474 2014 164,625 10,235 26,937 - 2016 87,575 6,832 2016 172,333 36,049 17,175 2015 165,833 17,179 20,396 2014 149,638 10,196 24,496 2016 194,166 54,000 37,995 2015 187,833 38,000 47,167 2014 176,583 23,580 32,116 - $ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - $ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - $ - - - - - - - - - - - - - Total Compensation 431,796 426,667 411,970 295,875 264,827 231,262 130,164 217,381 213,113 98,132 16,080 (4) $ 14,620 (4) 19,152 (4) 13,709 (5) 12,840 (5) 12,266 (5) 7,573 (6) 11,449 (6) 11,316 (6) 3,725 (7) 7,580 (8) 7,041 (8) 5,986 (8) 9,286 (9) 7,513 (9) 7,063 (9) 233,137 210,449 190,316 295,447 280,513 239,342 (1) No director fees were paid to Mr. Burke for any of the years presented. 13 PROXY STATEMENT (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) Cash bonuses were awarded to NEOs in accordance with established Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plans. This column represents compensation related to restricted stock awards granted in 2016, 2015 and 2014. Amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (“ASC Topic 718”) of time-vested restricted stock granted. No assumptions were necessary to determine the fair value. The number of shares and grant price of restricted stock awarded to each of the executives was as follows: Mr. Burke: 2016 – 3,190 shares at a per share grant price of $15.00; 2015 – 4,300 shares at a per share grant price of $14.79; 2014 - 5,543 shares at a per share grant price of $10.90; Mr. Peters: 2016 – 2,400 shares at a per share grant price of $15.00; 2015 – 2,433 shares at a per share grant price of $14.79; 2014 – 1,927 shares at a per share grant price of $10.90; Mr. Mattson: 2016 – 1,142 shares at a per share grant price of $15.00; 2015 – 1,384 shares at a per share grant price of $14.79; 2014 - 2,471 shares at a per share grant price of $10.90; Ms. Biser: 2016 – 1,145 shares at a per share grant price of $15.00; 2015 – 1,379 shares at a per share grant price of $14.79; 2014 – 2,247 shares at a per share grant price of $10.90, respectively; and Ms. Robeson: 2016 – 2,533 shares at a per share grant price of $15.00; 2015 – 3,189 shares at a per share grant price of $14.79; 2014 – 2,946 shares at a per share grant price of $10.90. The restricted stock grants cliff vest three years after the grant date. Amount includes payments of $10,600, $9,314 and $9,148 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, to Mr. Burke for the Company’s 401(k) matching contribution and payments of $5,480, $5,306 and $10,004, respectively, for country club dues. Amount includes payments of $8,806, $7,920 and $7,620 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, to Mr. Peters for the Company’s 401(k) matching contribution and payments of $4,903, $4,920 and $4,646, respectively, for country club dues. Amount includes payments of $4,903, $6,733 and $6,585 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, to Mr. Mattson for the Company’s 401(k) matching contribution and payments of $2,670, $4,716 and $4,731, respectively, for country club dues. Amount includes payments of $1,700 for the Company’s 401(k) matching contribution and $2,025 for country club dues to Mr. Puls in 2016. Amount includes payments of $7,580, $7,041 and $5,986 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, to Ms. Biser for the Company’s 401(k) matching contribution. Amount includes payments to Ms. Robeson of $9,286, $7,513 and $7,063 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, for the Company’s 401(k) matching contribution. Employment Agreements, Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control On March 24, 2014, the Company entered into Employment Agreements with the NEOs (including amendments dated June 2016). On June 27, 2016, the Company entered into an employment agreement with the new CLO H. Charles Puls. Each employment agreement has a term of one year, unless further extended or earlier terminated pursuant to its terms, and sets forth a minimum base salary payable to the officer and provides that the officer is eligible to participate in the Company’s bonus, incentive, retirement, health and other insurance benefit plans made available to executive-level employees. Each employment agreement obligates the Company to pay the officer severance in the event the officer’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause. In the event of the officer’s involuntary termination without cause prior to a change in control of the Company (as defined in the employment agreement), each officer other than Mr. Burke would receive 24 months base pay. Mr. Burke would receive 36 months base pay. Such severance would be made in periodic installments and is conditioned upon the officer executing a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company. In the event of involuntary termination without cause within 12 months after a change in control of the Company, each officer other than Mr. Burke would receive 12 months base pay. Mr. Burke would receive 24 months base pay. Such severance would be made in a single lump sum and is conditioned upon the officer executing a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company. 14 PROXY STATEMENT As a condition of entering into the employment agreement, each officer has agreed not to divulge any confidential information during his or her employment or to solicit the Company’s employees or customers for a period of 12 months (24 months in the case of Mr. Burke) following the officer’s termination of employment. On June 1, 2016, the Company entered into incentive compensation arrangements with respect to bonuses payable to NEOs in 2017 for the calendar year 2016, which are further discussed below. The Compensation Committee approved an incentive compensation plan for Mr. Burke, the Company’s CEO, for 2016. Pursuant to this plan, a maximum amount of 50% of base pay may be paid to Mr. Burke, with the amount of bonus being based on three possible levels of incentive awards: threshold (25%); target (50%); and maximum (100%). One hundred percent of the bonus amount will be paid in cash. For any amount to be paid, the threshold level of performance must be achieved. The four performance measurements of the Company (and the weight given to each measurement) applicable to each award level are as follows: (i) revenue growth (20%); (ii) net interest margin (20%); (iii) pre-tax net income (40%); and (iv) non-performing assets to average total assets (20%). Certain criteria, however, must be satisfied before an award is paid under this plan. The Compensation Committee approved an incentive compensation arrangement with respect to Mr. Peters, the Company’s CFO, for 2016. Pursuant to this plan, a maximum amount of 50% of base pay may be paid to Mr. Peters, with the amount of bonus being based on three possible levels of incentive awards: threshold (25%); target (50%); and maximum (100%). One hundred percent of the bonus amount will be paid in cash. For any amount to be paid under this plan, the threshold level of performance must be achieved. The four performance measurements of the Company (and the weight given to each measurement) applicable to each award level are as follows: (i) revenue growth (30%); (ii) net interest margin (20%); (iii) efficiency ratio (20%); and (iv) pre-tax net income (30%). Certain criteria, however, must be satisfied before an award is paid under this plan. The Compensation Committee approved an incentive compensation arrangement with respect to Ms. Robeson, the Company’s COO, for 2016. Pursuant to this plan, a maximum amount of 50% of base pay may be paid to Ms. Robeson, with the amount of bonus being based on three possible levels of incentive awards: threshold (25%); target (50%); and maximum (100%). One hundred percent of the bonus amount will be paid in cash. For any amount to be paid under this plan, the threshold level of performance must be achieved. The four performance measurements of the Company (and the weight given to each measurement) applicable to each award level are as follows: (i) revenue growth (30%); (ii) net interest margin (20%); (iii) efficiency ratio (20%); and (iv) pre-tax net income (30%). Certain criteria, however, must be satisfied before an award is paid under this plan. The Compensation Committee approved an incentive compensation arrangement with respect to Ms. Biser, the Company’s CCO, for 2016. Pursuant to this plan, a maximum amount of 50% of base pay may be paid to Ms. Biser, with the amount of bonus being based on three possible levels of incentive awards: threshold (25%); target (50%); and maximum (100%). One hundred percent of the bonus amount will be paid in cash. For any amount to be paid under this plan, the threshold level of performance must be achieved. The four performance measurements of the Company (and the weight given to each measurement) applicable to each award level are as follows: (i) revenue growth (20%); (ii) net interest margin (20%); (iii) pre-tax net income (30%); and (iv) non-performing assets to average total assets (30%). Certain criteria, however, must be satisfied before an award is paid under this plan. On June 27, 2016, the Compensation Committee approved an incentive compensation arrangement with respect to Mr. Puls, the Company’s CLO, for 2016. Pursuant to this plan, a maximum amount of 25% of base pay may be paid to Mr. Puls, with the amount of bonus being based on three possible levels of incentive awards; threshold (25%); target (50%); and maximum (100%). One hundred percent of the bonus amount will be paid in cash. For any amount to be paid under this plan, the threshold level of performance must be achieved. The three performance measurements of the Company (and the weight given to each measurement) applicable to each award level are as follows: (i) net loan growth (33.33%), (ii) commercial deposit growth (33.33%), and (iii) pre-tax net income (33.33%). Certain criteria, however, must be satisfied before an award is paid under this plan. 15 PROXY STATEMENT Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 2016 The following table summarizes the option and stock awards the Company has made to the NEOs which were outstanding as of December 31, 2016. OPTION AWARDS STOCK AWARDS Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#) Option Exercise Price Option Expiration Date Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value Unearned of Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($)(6) 276,039 10,000 10,000 5,000 1,500 5,000 - - - - - - - - $ 28.43 1/3/2017 - 28.78 1/2/2018 - 28.78 1/2/2018 - - - 5.40 2/9/2019 5.08 1/4/2020 - - 13,033 (2) $ 6,760 (3) $ 143,177 4,771 (4) $ 101,050 8,668 (5) $ 183,588 Name and Principal Position Shaun A. Burke President/CEO(1) Carter Peters EVP/CFO Sheri Biser EVP/CCO Robin Robeson EVP/COO (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Shares of stock purchased pursuant to options granted to Mr. Burke in 2005 (20,000 shares) are subject to a 5-year holding period upon vesting and exercise, unless the employment relationship between the Company and him is terminated. Restricted stock awards vest as follows: 5,543 – 2/4/17; 4,300 – 2/2/18; 3,190 – 2/25/19 Restricted stock awards vest as follows: 1,927 – 2/4/17; 2,433 – 2/2/18; 2,400 – 2/25/19 Restricted stock awards vest as follows: 2,247 – 2/4/17; 1,379 – 2/2/18; 1,145 – 2/25/19 Restricted stock awards vest as follows: 2,946 – 2/3/17; 3,189 – 2/2/18; 2,533 – 2/25/19 Represents aggregate unvested stock awards at a per share price of $21.18 Directors’ Compensation During 2016, each non-employee member of the Board received cash compensation from the Bank of $830 per each Bank board meeting attended, payable monthly. In addition to the cash compensation, each non-employee member of the Board receives equity compensation from the Company. Directors will receive fees for committee memberships or attendance at committee meetings comprised of $200 per meeting for the Executive, Audit and Compensation Committees and $125 per meeting for any other committee. The Chairman of the Board, receives an additional $340 monthly fee. The Chairman of each of the Audit, Building and Compensation Committees receives an additional $170 monthly fee in addition to the regular per meeting fee. Directors may participate in the Company’s 2015 Equity Plan. During fiscal years 2016, 2015, and 2014, restricted stock awards of 1,167, 1,183, and 1,606, respectively, were granted to each independent, non-employee director to provide equity compensation from the Company. Annual equity compensation is determined at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. 16 PROXY STATEMENT The following table sets forth information with respect to the compensation received in fiscal years 2016 2015, and 2014 for serving as a director of the Company and the Bank. Name Don Gibson Jack Barham James Batten Kurt Hellweg Gregory Ostergren Tim Rosenbury James Sivils John Griesemer David Moore Greg Horton Year 2016 2015 2014 2016 2015 2014 2016 2015 2014 2016 2015 2014 2016 2015 2014 2016 2015 2014 2016 2015 2014 2016 2015 2014 2016 2015 2014 2016 2015 2014 Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($) Stock Awards ($)(1) Total Compensation ($) $ 5,975 $ 14,620 11,615 - - 875 14,430 12,355 12,640 15,150 12,695 12,000 - - 4,450 14,045 12,740 11,175 12,685 12,870 10,800 13,085 13,425 10,975 11,800 13,080 4,700 7,870 - - 17,505 $ 17,497 17,505 - - - 17,505 17,497 17,505 17,505 17,497 17,505 - - 17,505 17,505 17,497 17,505 17,505 17,497 17,505 17,505 17,497 17,505 17,505 17,497 - 17,505 - - 23,480 32,117 29,120 - - 875 31,935 29,852 30,145 32,655 30,192 29,505 - - 21,955 31,550 30,237 28,680 30,190 30,367 28,305 30,590 30,922 28,480 29,305 30,577 4,700 25,375 - - (1) This column represents equity compensation from the Company and is the aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock awards granted under the 2015 Equity Plan and 2010 Equity Plan. The compensation for 2016 per director of $17,505 represents 1,167 shares granted at a per share price of $15.00. The compensation for 2015 per director of $17,497 represents 1,183 shares granted at a per share price of $14.79. The compensation for 2014 per director of $17,505 represents 1,606 shares granted at a per share price of $10.90. 17 PROXY STATEMENT Indebtedness of Management and Directors and Transactions with Certain Related Persons Loans made to a director or executive officer in excess of the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the Company’s capital and surplus (up to a maximum of $500,000) must be approved in advance by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors. The Bank, like other financial institutions, provides loans to its officers, directors, and employees to purchase or refinance personal residences as well as consumer loans. As an additional benefit to eligible Bank directors and employees, the Bank offers an employee mortgage loan program (the “Loan Program”). The Loan Program provides mortgage loans at favorable interest rates, namely a one-year adjustable rate mortgage priced at the Bank’s cost of funds with a 1% floor. The purpose of the loan must be to purchase or refinance a primary or secondary residence (i.e., no investment properties). All full-time employees that have completed the 30-day probation period are eligible to participate in this Loan Program. Underwriting includes standard application and financial disclosures, which must qualify to standard secondary market requirements. The borrower is responsible for all third party closing costs. Payments must be automatically deducted from an account maintained at the Bank. The index rate is the Bank’s all-in cost of funds with a 1% floor. The index will be the last month-end calculation within 45 days prior to closing. The maximum adjustment per year is 2% with a 6% lifetime maximum. Each loan has up to a 30-year note/amortization. If the borrower’s employment is terminated for reasons other than normal retirement, disability or death, or if the property securing the Note ceases to be the primary or secondary residence of the Employee, the interest rate will adjust to the rate that would have been in effect pursuant to the original provision of the Note. The payment will adjust the following month to amortize the outstanding balance of the Note using the new interest rate and the remaining term. Other than the interest rate with respect to the Loan Program, all loans provided under the Loan Program and any other loans provided to Directors and Executive Officers have been made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms and collateral as those of comparable transactions prevailing at the time, and, in the opinion of management of the Company, do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. No Directors, Executive Officers or their affiliates had aggregate indebtedness to the Company or the Bank on below market rate loans exceeding the lesser of (i) $120,000 or (ii) one percent of the average of the Company’s total assets at year- end for the last completed fiscal year, at any time since January 1, 2016 except as noted in the following table. Name The Burke Family Trust (Shaun A. Burke) Carter M. Peters Carter M. Peters Henry Charles Puls James R. Batten John F. Griesemer James L. Sivils III Kurt Hellwegg George Timothy Rosenbury Don M. Gibson Position President, CEO & Director EVP, CFO EVP, CFO EVP, CLO Director Director Director Director Director Director Largest Principal Amount Outstanding Since 01/01/16 Principal Balance as of 3/31/17 Date of Loan Interest Rate at 3/31/17 Type 1/14/2011 $ $ 6/9/2008 7/18/2016 $ 8/22/2016 $ 10/27/2008 $ $ 5/9/2016 $ 6/1/2014 8/14/2008 $ 6/19/2008 $ 9/12/2008 $ 247,278 $ 439,161 $ - $ - $ 431,552 $ - $ 382,720 $ 789,927 $ 159,747 $ 148,821 $ 236,408 - 353,980 350,899 410,475 861,063 368,120 751,030 142,470 - 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% Home Mortgage Home Mortgage Home Mortgage Home Mortgage Home Mortgage Home Mortgage Home Mortgage Home Mortgage Home Mortgage Home Mortgage 18 PROXY STATEMENT ADVISORY (NON-BINDING) VOTE TO APPROVE EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION SECOND PROPOSAL Background of the Proposal The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and corresponding SEC rules enable the Company’s stockholders to vote to approve, on an advisory and non-binding basis, the compensation of Company’s named executive officers as disclosed in this Proxy Statement in accordance with SEC rules. As a result, the following proposal will be presented at the Annual Meeting in the form of the following resolution: Proposal RESOLVED, that the stockholders approve the compensation of the Company’s named executive officers, as disclosed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, and the compensation tables (together with the accompanying narrative disclosure) and related material in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting. Effect of Proposal As provided under the SEC rules, this vote will not be binding on the Company’s Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee and may not be construed as overruling a decision by the Board or as creating or implying any additional fiduciary duty of the Board. Further, the vote shall not affect any compensation paid or awarded to any executive. The Compensation Committee and the Board may, however, take into account the outcome of the vote when considering future executive compensation arrangements. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE PROPOSAL ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION. REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE The Audit Committee of the Board is composed of four directors. The Board has determined that each of these directors is independent under the Marketplace Rules of Nasdaq. In particular, each of these directors is independent as defined under Rule 5605(a)(2) and qualified pursuant to Rule 5605(c)(2)(A). The Board has also determined that Mr. Moore qualifies as an Audit Committee Financial Expert as defined by the rules and regulations of the SEC. Only this paragraph of the Report of the Audit Committee shall be incorporated by reference into the Company’s Annual Report on form 10-K filed with the SEC under the Exchange Act, notwithstanding the incorporation by reference of this Report of the Audit Committee into such filing. The primary duties and responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to (i) monitor the Company’s financial reporting process and systems of internal control, (ii) monitor the independence and performance of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and internal auditors, and (iii) assure that management, the Board of Directors, the internal auditors and the independent auditors have the opportunity to communicate with one another. 19 PROXY STATEMENT The Committee has reviewed and discussed the audited consolidated financial statements with management and has discussed with BKD, LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm matters required to be discussed by Auditing Standard No. 1301, Communications with Audit Committees. The Audit Committee has also received the written disclosures and the letter from BKD, LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, required by the applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the independent accountant’s communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence. The Audit Committee has discussed with the independent registered public accounting firm that firm’s independence. The Audit Committee has considered whether the provision of non-audit services is compatible with maintaining the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee has concluded that the independent registered public accounting firm is independent from the Company. Based upon the Audit Committee’s discussions and review described above, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the audited consolidated financial statements be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 for filing with the SEC. THE AUDIT COMMITTEE David T. Moore Greg A. Horton Kurt D. Hellweg James R. Batten PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES During the calendar years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, BKD, LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm during these periods, provided various audit, audit related and non-audit services, including tax, to the Company. Set forth below are the aggregate fees billed for these services during these periods and a brief description of such services: (a) Audit fees: Aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered for the audits of the Company’s annual financial statements and reviews of quarterly financial statements were $154,345 for the calendar year ended December 31, 2016 and $146,980 for the calendar year ended December 31, 2015. (b) Audit-related fees: Aggregate fees billed for assurance and related services rendered and consultation on accounting matters not otherwise reported in (a) above were $4,070 for the calendar year ended December 31, 2016 and $13,180 for the calendar year ended December 31, 2015. (c) Tax fees: Aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered related to tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning were $23,000 for the calendar year ended December 31, 2016 and $22,800 for the calendar year ended December 31, 2015. (d) All other fees: Aggregate fees billed for all other professional services, including compliance work and ESOP services, were $1,410 for the calendar year ended December 31, 2016, and $6,605 for the calendar year ended December 31, 2015. The Audit Committee pre-approves all audit and permissible non-audit services to be provided by BKD, LLP and the estimated fees for these services. There are no other specific policies or procedures relating to the pre-approval of services performed by BKD, LLP. The Audit Committee considered whether the audit and non-audit services rendered by BKD, LLP were compatible with maintaining BKD, LLP’s independence as auditors of our financial statements. 20 PROXY STATEMENT THIRD PROPOSAL RATIFICATION OF BKD, LLP AS INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM The independent registered public accounting firm for the period ended December 31, 2016 for the Company and its subsidiary, the Bank, was BKD, LLP. In accordance with its charter, the Audit Committee has selected and appointed BKD, LLP to continue as the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017. As part of good corporate practice, the Audit Committee and the Company’s Board of Directors are requesting that its stockholders ratify such appointment. The Audit Committee is not required to take any action as a result of the outcome of the vote on this proposal. If the stockholders do not ratify the appointment, however, the Audit Committee may investigate the reasons for stockholder rejection and may consider whether to retain BKD, LLP or to appoint another independent registered public accounting firm. A representative of BKD, LLP will be present at the Annual Meeting. The representative will have an opportunity to make a statement, if so desired, and will be available to respond to appropriate questions. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR THE RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF BKD, LLP AS THE COMPANY’S INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2017. MISCELLANEOUS The Board of Directors is not aware of any business to come before the Annual Meeting other than those matters described above in this Proxy Statement. However, if any other matters should properly come before the meeting, it is intended that proxies in the accompanying form that are received from stockholders will be voted in respect thereof in the discretion of the persons named in the accompanying proxy. If the Company did not have notice of a matter on or before May 1, 2017, it is expected that the persons named in the accompanying proxy will exercise discretionary authority when voting on that matter. It is anticipated that the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the period ended December 31, 2016, including financial statements, will be mailed on April 24, 2017, together with this Proxy Statement, to all stockholders of record as of the Record Date. Any stockholder who has not received a copy of the annual report may obtain a copy by writing to the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s address as provided at the end of the next section of this Proxy Statement. If a stockholder and other residents at the same mailing address own Common Stock in street name, the broker or bank may have sent the stockholder a notice that his or her household will receive only one annual report and proxy statement for each company in which they hold shares through that broker or bank. This practice of sending only one copy of proxy materials is known as “householding.” If the stockholder did not respond that he or she did not want to participate in householding, he or she was deemed to have consented to the process. If the foregoing procedures apply, the broker has sent one copy of the annual report and this Proxy Statement to such address. However, even if the broker has sent only one copy of these proxy materials, each stockholder in the household should receive a proxy card. If a stockholder wishes to revoke his or her consent to householding, or to request householding if a household is receiving multiple copies of the Company’s proxy statement and annual report, the stockholder must contact his or her broker, bank or other nominee. 21 PROXY STATEMENT STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS In order to be eligible for inclusion in the Company’s proxy materials for next year’s annual meeting of stockholders, any stockholder proposal to take action at such meeting must be received at the Company’s executive offices at 1341 W. Battlefield, Springfield, Missouri 65807-4181, no later than December 25, 2017. In the event the Company receives notice of a stockholder proposal to take action at next year’s annual meeting of stockholders that is not submitted for inclusion in the Company’s proxy material, or is submitted for inclusion but is properly excluded from the proxy material, the persons named in the proxy sent by the Company to its stockholders intend to exercise their discretion to vote on the stockholder proposal if notice of such proposal is received at the Company’s main office between 60 days and 30 days prior to the meeting. If next year’s annual meeting is held on May 23 2018, then stockholder proposals would have to be delivered to the Company between March 24, 2018 and April 23, 2018. The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation provides that if notice of a stockholder proposal to take action at next year’s annual meeting is not received at the Company’s main office between 60 days and 30 days prior to the meeting, the proposal will not be eligible for presentation at that meeting. However, if less than 31 days’ notice of the annual meeting is provided by the Company, a stockholder’s proposal would have to be received no later than 10 days after notice was mailed to the stockholders by the Company for that meeting. A COPY OF THE COMPANY’S ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K (INCLUDING THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS) FOR THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, AS FILED WITH THE SEC, WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE TO STOCKHOLDERS AS OF THE RECORD DATE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO VICKI LINDSAY, SECRETARY, GUARANTY FEDERAL BANCSHARES, INC., 1341 WEST BATTLEFIELD, SPRINGFIELD, MISSOURI 65807-4181. Dated: April 24, 2017 22 PROXY STATEMENT GUARANTY FEDERAL BANCSHARES, INC. Nominating Committee Charter APPENDIX A Purpose The Nominating Committee (the “Committee”) shall be appointed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (the “Corporation”) for the purpose of (i) identifying individuals qualified to serve as Board members, consistent with criteria approved by the Board; (ii) recommending to the Board the director nominees for election or appointment to the Board of Directors; and (iii) recommending to the Board director nominees for each committee. Committee Composition and Meetings The Committee shall be comprised of three or more directors (including a chairperson) as appointed by the Board, each of whom shall be an independent director as defined by the NASDAQ Stock Market (the “NASDAQ”) listing standards and each of whom shall be free from any relationship that would interfere with the exercise of his or her independent judgment. The Board shall have the power at any time to change or replace the membership of the Committee and to fill vacancies, subject to the qualification requirements of this Charter. The Committee chairperson shall be designated by the Board, or if the Board chooses not to do so, by a majority vote of the Committee. The Committee shall meet at least two times annually or more frequently as circumstances dictate. The Committee will cause to be kept adequate minutes of all its proceedings, will report its actions at the next meeting of the Board and will file the Committee minutes with the minutes of the meeting of the Board. Committee members will be furnished with copies of the minutes of each meeting and any action taken by unanimous consent. The Committee is governed by the same rules regarding meetings (including meetings by conference telephone or similar communications equipment), action without meetings, notice, waiver of notice, and quorum and voting requirements as are applicable to the Board. The Committee is authorized and empowered to adopt its own rules of procedure not inconsistent with (a) any provision of this Charter, (b) any provision of the Bylaws of the Corporation, or (c) the laws of the state of Delaware. Committee Authority, Responsibilities and Process The Committee shall have the following authority and responsibilities: 1. 2. 3. Recommend to the Board the appropriate size of the Board and assist in identifying, interviewing and recruiting candidates for the Board. Access to the Corporation’s resources and to request that any directors, officers or employees of the Corporation, or other persons whose advice and counsel are sought by the Committee, attend any meeting of the Committee to provide such pertinent information as the Committee requests. Recommend candidates (including incumbents) for election and appointment to the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions set forth in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws relating to the nomination or appointment of directors, based on the following criteria: business experience, education, integrity and reputation, independence, conflicts of interest, diversity, age, number of other directorships and commitments (including charitable obligations), tenure on the Board, attendance at Board and committee meetings, stock ownership, specialized knowledge (such as an understanding of banking, accounting, marketing, finance, regulation and public policy) and a commitment to the Corporation’s communities and shared values, as well as overall experience in the context of the needs of the Board as a whole. The Committee shall monitor the mix of skills and experience of its directors and committee members in order to assess whether the Board has the appropriate tools to perform its oversight function effectively. 23 PROXY STATEMENT Taking this into account, for each year’s nominations the Committee will take the following steps: a. b. With respect to nominating existing directors, the Committee will review relevant information available to it and assess their continued ability and willingness to serve as a director. The Committee will also assess such person’s contribution in light of the mix of skills and experience the Committee has deemed appropriate for the Board. With respect to nominations of new directors, the Committee will conduct a thorough search to identify candidates based upon criteria the Committee deems appropriate and considering the mix of skills and experience necessary to complement existing Board members. The Committee will then review selected candidates and make a recommendation to the Board. The Committee may seek input from other Board members or senior management in identifying candidates. Conduct or authorize studies of or investigations into matters within the Committee’s scope of responsibilities, and may retain, at the Corporation’s expense, such counsel or other advisers as it deems necessary (which may, if the Committee deems it appropriate, be the Corporation’s legal counsel, accountants or other advisers). The Committee shall have the authority to retain or terminate one or more search firms to assist the Committee in identifying director candidates and otherwise carrying out its responsibilities, including sole authority to approve the search firm’s fees and retention terms, which fees shall be borne by the Corporation. Review nominations submitted by stockholders, which have been addressed to the corporate secretary, and which comply with the requirements of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. Nominations from stockholders will be considered and evaluated using the same criteria as all other nominations. Annually (i) recommend to the Board committee assignments and committee chairs on all committees of the Board, and recommend committee members to fill vacancies on committees as necessary, and (ii) review and reassess the adequacy of this Charter and recommend any proposed changes to the Board for approval. Form and delegate authority to subcommittees when appropriate. Perform any other duties or responsibilities expressly delegated to the Committee by the Board. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 24 PROXY STATEMENT COMPENSATION COMMITTEE CHARTER APPENDIX B PURPOSE The Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) and Guaranty Bank (the “Bank”) is responsible for human resource policies, salaries and benefits, compensation arrangements and executive development. COMPOSITION Committee members shall be elected by the Board of Directors annually. The membership of the Committee shall consist of at least three or more directors, each of whom shall satisfy the definition of independent director as defined in any qualitative listing requirements for NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. issuers and any applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations. The Committee shall maintain free and open communication with Bank management. The Committee may retain outside counsel and other advisors as it determines necessary to carry out its duties. The Committee shall have sole authority to approve related fees and retention terms. ORGANIZATION One member of the Committee shall be appointed as chair by the Board of Directors on an annual basis. The chair shall be responsible for leadership of the Committee, including scheduling and presiding over meetings, preparing agendas, and making regular reports to the Board. The chair will also maintain regular liaison with Bank management. The Committee shall meet at least semi-annually, or more frequently as the Committee considers necessary. RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES The general recurring activities of the Committee in carrying out its oversight role are described below. The duties specified below are not intended to limit the scope of activities of the Committee. The Committee shall have the following authority and responsibilities: ● Establish and provide oversight regarding the Bank’s compensation and benefit plans and approve changes deemed appropriate and consistent with regulations and sound compensation principles and practices. ● Recommend adjustments to the compensation of the President/Chief Executive Officer based upon its assessment of individual performance and the Bank’s performance, and make other recommendations, when appropriate, to the full Board of Directors. ● Review and approve base salary and all incentive compensation payments for other officers or employees of the Bank as designated by the Committee, taking into account corporate and individual performance, as well as peer group practices and any other considerations the Committee deems appropriate. ● Establish and provide oversight of all incentive compensation plans and approve changes deemed appropriate and consistent with regulations and sound compensation principles and practices. 25 PROXY STATEMENT ● Serve as the administrative committee for the equity-based plans, which includes establishing, reviewing and approving all short- and long-term performance goals used to grant equity-based compensation. Establish, approve and recommend to the Stock Option Committee the grant and issuance of stock options, stock awards, and other equity awards, establishing purchase discounts for the Company’s stock purchase plans, interpreting plan provisions where necessary, and performing other administrative duties as set forth in the plan documents or from time to time as deemed appropriate. ● Establish, review and provide oversight of the Bank’s compensation philosophy and composition of the peer group used for market comparison. ● Review and approve all employment contractual agreements, severance agreements, and change in control agreements with Bank management. ● Review and elect, on behalf of the Board, individuals proposed by Management to hold the position of Executive Vice President or equivalent position. ● Evaluate director compensation and recommend to the full Board the appropriate level of director compensation, including compensation for service as a member or chair of a Board committee. ● Establish and periodically review stock ownership guidelines for directors and officers. ● Monitor the Bank’s compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other applicable laws, regulations and rules relating to compensation arrangements for directors, CEO, and Executive Officers. ● Make an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in the Company’s annual proxy statement as required by the rules or regulations promulgated by any Regulatory Authority. ● Report regularly to the Board on its activities with such recommendations and other matters as the Committee may deem appropriate, so that the Board is informed of the Committee’s activities. ● Periodically, but no less than annually, review and assess the adequacy of this Charter to ensure compliance with any rules or regulations promulgated by any Regulatory Authority and, when appropriate, recommend any modifications to the Board for its approval. ● The Committee may, in its discretion, delegate any portion of its duties and responsibilities to a subcommittee of the Committee. RESOURCES AND AUTHORITY The Committee shall have the authority and resources appropriate to discharge its duties and responsibilities at the Bank’s expense, and may obtain advice from external legal, accounting, or other advisors. The Committee shall have the authority to select and retain consultants to assist in the evaluation of executive compensation, to terminate the services of any such consultant, and to approve the consultant’s fees and other retention terms, all at the Bank’s expense. 26 PROXY STATEMENT Ultimately, the Committee acting on behalf of the Board of Directors is responsible for ensuring that the Bank’s incentive compensation arrangements for all covered employees -- not solely senior executives -- are appropriately balanced. The Committee should receive data and analysis from Bank management or other sources that are sufficient to allow the board to assess whether the overall design and performance of the Bank’s incentive compensation arrangements are consistent with the Bank’s financial condition. In performing their responsibilities, Committee members are entitled to rely in good faith on information, opinions, reports or statements prepared or presented by: ● One or more officers or employees of the Bank whom the Committee member reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented. ● Counsel, independent auditors, or other persons as to matters which the Committee member reasonably believes to be within the professional or expert competence of such person. ● Another committee of the Board as to matters within its designated authority which the Committee member reasonably believes to merit confidence. MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES The Committee recognizes that incentive compensation serves as a key tool to attract and retain skilled staff. As such, a goal of the Committee is to properly balance such compensation arrangements with prudent operations that do not encourage excessive risk-taking. In doing so, the Committee also recognizes the following three key principles for consideration in compensation arrangements: (1) incentive compensation arrangements at the Bank should provide employees incentives that appropriately balance risk and financial results in a manner that does not encourage employees to expose the Bank to imprudent risk; (2) such arrangements should be compatible with effective controls and risk-management; and (3) these arrangements should be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the Board of Directors. To reinforce and support the development and maintenance of balanced incentive compensation arrangements, the Committee requires that appropriate Bank personnel, including risk management, have input in the design and assessment of such arrangements. Therefore, the Committee designates that the following members of Bank management should be involved in design recommendations, monitoring, and assessment of incentive compensation arrangements and payouts: ● President/Chief Executive Officer & Executive Vice President Incentive Plans: President/Chief Executive Officer, Director of Risk Management, and the Human Resources Director. ● Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, Mortgage Banking Personnel, Operations Personnel & Other Applicable Personnel Incentive Plans: President/Chief Executive Officer, Executive Vice Presidents, Director of Risk Management and the Human Resources Director. These members of management are responsible for the design of incentive compensation plans as directed by the Committee. All incentive compensation plans and payments must be approved by the Committee prior to implementation. Additionally, upon approval and implementation these individuals will evaluate the effectiveness and success of the plans to be balanced from a risk and reward perspective and will provide feedback and/or make recommendations to the Committee based upon such evaluations. Furthermore, at the end of the incentive period, management will make recommendation for payout under the incentive plan to the Director of Risk Management for verification purposes. Once verification and eligibility of payout in accordance with the established plan has been conducted, the Director of Risk Management will make such recommendations for payment to the Committee. The Committee will review such recommendations and any other pertinent information in consideration of approved payments. 27 PROXY STATEMENT This page intentionally left blank PROXY STATEMENTGuaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. 2016 Annual Report Board of Directors Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. and Guaranty Bank James R. Batten, CPA Chairman of the Board Chief Financial Officer International Dehydrated Foods, Inc. Shaun A. Burke President and CEO Guaranty Federal Bancshares and Guaranty Bank John F. Griesemer Vice Chairmen of the Board Executive Vice President and COO Springfield Underground, Inc. Kurt D. Hellweg Chairman International Dehydrated Foods, Inc. and American Dehydrated Foods, Inc. Greg A. Horton Chief Executive Officer Integrity Pharmacy and Integrity Home Care David T. Moore President and CEO Paul Mueller Company Tim Rosenbury, AIA Executive Vice President and Chairman, Butler, Rosenbury & Partners, Inc. James L. Sivils, III, JD CEO, Environmental Works, Inc. Executive Officers Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. and Guaranty Bank Shaun A. Burke President, Chief Executive Officer Carter M. Peters Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer Robin E. Robeson Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer H. Charles Puls Executive Vice President, Chief Lending Officer Sheri D. Biser Executive Vice President, Chief Credit Officer SPRINGFIELD: 1341 West Battlefield 2109 North Glenstone 4343 South National 1905 West Kearney 1510 East Sunshine 2155 West Republic NIXA: 709 West Mount Vernon 291 East Hwy CC OZARK: 1701 West State Hwy J LOAN PRODUCTION OFFICES: 2639 East 32nd Street, Joplin 1100 Spur Dr. Ste. 15, Marshfield 417.520.4333 / gbankmo.com 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above